WO2021087922A1 - 无线通信方法、装置和系统 - Google Patents

无线通信方法、装置和系统 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021087922A1
WO2021087922A1 PCT/CN2019/116418 CN2019116418W WO2021087922A1 WO 2021087922 A1 WO2021087922 A1 WO 2021087922A1 CN 2019116418 W CN2019116418 W CN 2019116418W WO 2021087922 A1 WO2021087922 A1 WO 2021087922A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
harq
sps
sps configuration
ack
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/116418
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
陈哲
张磊
宋磊
王昕�
Original Assignee
富士通株式会社
陈哲
张磊
宋磊
王昕�
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士通株式会社, 陈哲, 张磊, 宋磊, 王昕� filed Critical 富士通株式会社
Priority to EP19951557.8A priority Critical patent/EP4057728A4/en
Priority to CN201980101360.1A priority patent/CN114557076A/zh
Priority to JP2022525445A priority patent/JP7347668B2/ja
Priority to KR1020227014633A priority patent/KR20220076490A/ko
Priority to PCT/CN2019/116418 priority patent/WO2021087922A1/zh
Publication of WO2021087922A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021087922A1/zh
Priority to US17/729,196 priority patent/US20220256554A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/56—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1854—Scheduling and prioritising arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055—Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/56—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria
    • H04W72/566—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria of the information or information source or recipient
    • H04W72/569—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria of the information or information source or recipient of the traffic information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • H04L5/001—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications.
  • the NR New Radio
  • Rel-15 version 15
  • a very important method is to indicate the corresponding priority to the signal (or uplink resource), that is, to determine the two signals (or uplink resource) according to the priority corresponding to the corresponding signal (or uplink resource). Or uplink resource) the behavior of the terminal device when it conflicts.
  • Joint SPS PDSCH release refers to the SPS PDSCH release corresponding to a specific state; where the specific state is associated with one or more SPS configurations.
  • This will cause the terminal device to be unable to determine the priority of the HARQ-ACK information, and thus the UE cannot handle the collision of the HARQ-ACK signal with other signals, that is, it cannot perform priority or multiplexing processing with other signals (prioritization/multiplexing handling) .
  • this will also cause the terminal device to be unable to send the signal for carrying the HARQ-ACK information in the correct time domain position, resulting in the system unable to work.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a wireless communication method, device, and system to improve the reliability of the system.
  • a wireless communication method wherein the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information, the first configuration information indicating that one or more SPS configurations are associated with an SPS configuration set, and the one or more SPS configurations correspond to the same priority or the same HARQ- ACK code book.
  • a wireless communication method wherein the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information and control information, where the first configuration information indicates a list, the list is associated with one or more SPS configuration sets, and the control information corresponds to one SPS configuration set;
  • the terminal device determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information or the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the control information according to the SPS configuration set.
  • a wireless communication method wherein the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information and control information, where the first configuration information indicates a list, the list is associated with one or more SPS configuration sets, and the control information corresponds to one SPS configuration set;
  • the terminal device determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information or the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the control information according to the control information.
  • a wireless communication method wherein the method includes:
  • the network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information indicates that one or more SPS configurations are associated with one SPS configuration set, and the one or more SPS configurations correspond to the same priority or the same HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • a wireless communication device configured in a terminal device, wherein the device includes:
  • a receiving unit that receives first configuration information, the first configuration information indicating that one or more SPS configurations are associated with an SPS configuration set, and the one or more SPS configurations correspond to the same priority or the same HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • a wireless communication device configured in a terminal device, wherein the device includes:
  • a receiving unit that receives first configuration information and control information, where the first configuration information indicates a list, the list is associated with one or more SPS configuration sets, and the control information corresponds to one SPS configuration set ;
  • the determining unit determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information or the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the control information according to the SPS configuration set.
  • a wireless communication device configured in a terminal device, wherein the device includes:
  • a receiving unit that receives first configuration information and control information, where the first configuration information indicates a list, the list is associated with one or more SPS configuration sets, and the control information corresponds to one SPS configuration set ;
  • the determining unit determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information or the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the control information according to the control information.
  • a wireless communication device configured in a network device, wherein the device includes:
  • a sending unit which sends first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information indicating that one or more SPS configurations are associated with one SPS configuration set, and the one or more SPS configurations correspond to the same priority Or the same HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the terminal device includes the wireless communication device according to any one of the fifth aspect to the seventh aspect.
  • a network device wherein the network device includes the wireless communication device described in the aforementioned eighth aspect.
  • a communication system includes the terminal device according to the aforementioned ninth aspect and/or the network device according to the aforementioned tenth aspect.
  • a computer-readable program is provided, wherein when the program is executed in a terminal device, the program causes the computer to execute the aforementioned first aspect to the third aspect in the terminal device.
  • a storage medium storing a computer-readable program, wherein the computer-readable program enables a computer to execute any one of the foregoing aspects of the first to third aspects in a terminal device.
  • a computer-readable program is provided, wherein when the program is executed in a network device, the program causes a computer to execute the method described in the foregoing fourth aspect in the network device .
  • a storage medium storing a computer-readable program, wherein the computer-readable program enables a computer to execute the method described in the foregoing fourth aspect in a network device.
  • the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information can be determined. Therefore, when the signal carrying the HARQ-ACK information is about to collide with other signals, the terminal device or network device can determine that the foregoing two signals are multiplexed according to the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information ( multiplex), or send one of them and drop the other. In addition, after the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information is determined, it can help the terminal device to send a signal for carrying the HARQ-ACK information at the correct time domain position.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of semi-persistent scheduling
  • Figure 2 is another schematic diagram of semi-persistent scheduling
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method according to an embodiment of the first aspect of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method according to an embodiment of the second aspect of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method according to an embodiment of the third aspect of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method according to an embodiment of the fourth aspect of the present application.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication device according to an embodiment of the fifth aspect of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication device according to an embodiment of the sixth aspect of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication device according to an embodiment of the seventh aspect of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication device according to an embodiment of the eighth aspect of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the ninth aspect of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the tenth aspect of the present application.
  • the terms “first”, “second”, etc. are used to distinguish different elements from the terms, but they do not indicate the spatial arrangement or chronological order of these elements. These elements should not be used by these terms. Limited.
  • the term “and/or” includes any and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed terms.
  • the terms “comprising”, “including”, “having” and the like refer to the existence of the stated features, elements, elements or components, but do not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, elements, elements or components.
  • the term "communication network” or “wireless communication network” can refer to a network that meets any of the following communication standards, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE), and Enhanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A, LTE-A). Advanced), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA, High-Speed Packet Access), etc.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Enhanced Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A LTE-A
  • Advanced Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • High-Speed Packet Access High-Speed Packet Access
  • HSPA High-Speed Packet Access
  • the communication between devices in the communication system can be carried out according to any stage of communication protocol, for example, it can include but not limited to the following communication protocols: 1G (generation), 2G, 2.5G, 2.75G, 3G, 4G, 4.5G and future 5G, New Radio (NR, New Radio), etc., and/or other currently known or future communication protocols.
  • Network device refers to, for example, a device in a communication system that connects a terminal device to a communication network and provides services for the terminal device.
  • Network equipment may include but not limited to the following equipment: base station (BS, Base Station), access point (AP, Access Point), transmission and reception point (TRP, Transmission Reception Point), broadcast transmitter, mobile management entity (MME, Mobile Management Entity), gateway, server, radio network controller (RNC, Radio Network Controller), base station controller (BSC, Base Station Controller), etc.
  • the base station may include but is not limited to: Node B (NodeB or NB), evolved Node B (eNodeB or eNB), 5G base station (gNB), etc., and may also include remote radio head (RRH, Remote Radio Head) , Remote Radio Unit (RRU, Remote Radio Unit), relay (relay), or low-power node (such as femto, pico, etc.).
  • NodeB Node B
  • eNodeB or eNB evolved Node B
  • gNB 5G base station
  • RRH Remote Radio Head
  • RRU Remote Radio Unit
  • relay relay
  • low-power node such as femto, pico, etc.
  • base station can include some or all of their functions, and each base station can provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area.
  • the term "cell” may refer to a base station and/or its coverage area, depending on the context in which the term is used.
  • the term "User Equipment” refers to, for example, a device that accesses a communication network through a network device and receives network services, and may also be referred to as "Terminal Equipment” (TE, Terminal Equipment).
  • Terminal equipment can be fixed or mobile, and can also be called mobile station (MS, Mobile Station), terminal, user, subscriber station (SS, Subscriber Station), access terminal (AT, Access Terminal), station, etc. Wait.
  • terminal devices may include but are not limited to the following devices: cellular phones (Cellular Phone), personal digital assistants (PDAs, Personal Digital Assistant), wireless modems, wireless communication devices, handheld devices, machine-type communication devices, laptop computers, Cordless phones, smart phones, smart watches, digital cameras, etc.
  • cellular phones Cellular Phone
  • PDAs personal digital assistants
  • wireless modems wireless communication devices
  • handheld devices machine-type communication devices
  • laptop computers Cordless phones
  • smart phones smart watches, digital cameras, etc.
  • a terminal device may also be a machine or device that performs monitoring or measurement.
  • it may include, but is not limited to: Machine Type Communication (MTC) terminals, In-vehicle communication terminals, device to device (D2D, Device to Device) terminals, machine to machine (M2M, Machine to Machine) terminals, etc.
  • MTC Machine Type Communication
  • D2D Device to Device
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • one DL SPS generally corresponds to one SPS configuration
  • the downlink semi-persistent scheduling activation control information refers to the control used to activate an SPS configuration set information.
  • the SPS configuration set has a specific ID or no specific ID
  • the SPS configuration set contains one or more SPS configurations.
  • the DCI and the corresponding SPS configuration will provide information for receiving the corresponding PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared Channel).
  • the UE receives the first PDSCH after activation (in time slot n). After that, the UE will determine the receiving position of the second PDSCH according to the period in the SPS configuration (for example, the period is P), that is, time slot n+P, and so on to receive subsequent PDSCHs.
  • the period in the SPS configuration for example, the period is P
  • time slot n+P time slot n+P
  • the UE when the UE receives the downlink semi-persistent scheduling release/deactivation control information (DL SPS release/deactivation PDCCH), the UE sends the corresponding HARQ-ACK according to the time domain position indicated by the control information (DCI) Feedback. At the same time, the UE stops receiving the PDSCH corresponding to the corresponding SPS configuration, or clears the corresponding DL assignment and releases the corresponding configurations (release corresponding configurations).
  • DCI control information
  • the above-mentioned DL SPS release/deactivation control information can not only release an SPS configuration (or release/deactivate). Activate the semi-persistent transmission corresponding to an SPS configuration), and also release an SPS configuration set (or release/deactivate the semi-persistent transmission corresponding to the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set).
  • RRC (Radio Resource Control) signaling can configure a state list (for example, SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList), which includes one or more states (SPS-ConfigDeactivationState) (that is, one or more SPS Configuration set), each state or SPS configuration set is mapped to one or more SPS configurations.
  • SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList includes one or more states (SPS-ConfigDeactivationState) (that is, one or more SPS Configuration set), each state or SPS configuration set is mapped to one or more SPS configurations.
  • the time slot is used as the time unit, but this application is not limited to this.
  • the time unit involved in this application can also be a symbol or a sub-slot or a frame. (frame) or sub-frame (sub-frame), etc.
  • priority refers to the priority of the physical layer.
  • the priority can also be understood as being used for PHY prioritization/multiplexing handling.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. Please refer to FIG. 3.
  • the method includes:
  • Operation 301 The terminal device receives first configuration information, where the first configuration information indicates that one or more SPS configurations are associated with one SPS configuration set, and the one or more SPS configurations correspond to the same priority or the same HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • all SPS configurations associated or mapped in an SPS configuration set correspond to the same priority or HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the same priority or HARQ-ACK codebook can be considered as the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information (joint SPS PDSCH release).
  • the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook indication corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information can be concisely realized without additional rules.
  • the method can further help the terminal device to determine the time domain position of sending the HARQ-ACK information, thereby improving the reliability of the system.
  • the first configuration information indicates that one SPS configuration set is associated with one or more SPS configurations
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate that a state (for example, SPS-ConfigDeactivationState) in a list (for example, SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList) is mapped or associated with one or more SPS configurations.
  • the number of SPS configurations that may be mapped or associated with each state is 1, 2, 3,..., 8.
  • the number of states that the list may include is 1, 2, 3,..., 16; or, the number of states that the list may include is 1, 2, 3,..., 2 N_HPN .
  • N_HPN refers to the length of the HPN field in DCI format 1_2, and the length can be indicated by RRC signaling (for example, HARQProcessNumberSize-ForDCIFormat1_2), and this application is not limited to this.
  • the first configuration information can act on a bandwidth unit (BWP), that is, the first configuration information can indicate configuration information on a specific BWP (bandwidth unit), but the application is not limited to this .
  • BWP bandwidth unit
  • the application is not limited to this .
  • state and “SPS configuration set” are equivalent.
  • state will be used as an example to perform "SPS configuration set”. Description.
  • one or more SPS configurations correspond to the same priority. It can also be understood that the terminal device expects one or more SPS configurations to correspond to the same priority, or the terminal device expects one or more SPS configurations to correspond to the same priority. An SPS configuration corresponds to the same priority.
  • state #1 is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, and SPS configuration #3, so SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, and SPS configuration #3 have the same priority. of.
  • state #1 refers to the first element/value (element/value) of the state list (for example, SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList); SPS configuration #1 can refer to an SPS configuration (SPS-Config), and its corresponding index (SPS-Config) ConfigIndex) is 1.
  • state #n refers to the nth element/value (element/value) of the state list (for example, SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList); SPS configuration #n can refer to an SPS configuration (SPS-Config), and its corresponding index ( SPS-ConfigIndex) is n.
  • the described "state” and "SPS configuration” are all applicable to the above explanation, and the description will not be repeated.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with high priority; at the same time, according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #2 is also associated with high priority; at the same time, according to RRC signaling , SPS configuration #3 is also associated with high priority.
  • the three SPS configurations associated with state #1 correspond to the same priority.
  • the value corresponding to the high priority in RRC signaling is 1.
  • this RRC signaling is used to indicate whether the SPS configuration is high priority or low priority in the physical layer priority/multiplexing operation (PHY priorityitization/multiplexing handling). For example, the HARQ codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH or the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release is determined.
  • the SPS configuration #n associated with high priority refers to an SPS configuration with an index value (SPS-ConfigIndex) of n, and its corresponding priority value is high, or 0, or 1.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with low priority; at the same time, according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #2 is also associated with low priority; at the same time, according to RRC signaling, Let, SPS configuration #3 is also associated with low priority.
  • the three SPS configurations associated with state #1 correspond to the same priority.
  • the value corresponding to the low priority in RRC signaling is 0.
  • this RRC signaling is used to indicate whether the SPS configuration is high priority or low priority in the physical layer priority/multiplexing operation (PHY priorityitization/multiplexing handling). For example, the HARQ codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH or the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release is determined.
  • the SPS configuration #n associated with the low priority refers to an SPS configuration with an index value (SPS-ConfigIndex) of n, and its corresponding priority value is low, or 1, or 0.
  • the value of the priority signaling corresponding to the high priority can be high, which can be 0 or 1. That is, if the value of priority signaling corresponding to high priority is high, the value of priority signaling corresponding to low priority is low; if the value of priority signaling corresponding to high priority is 0, the value of priority signaling corresponding to low priority is 0. The value of priority signaling is 1; conversely, if the value of priority signaling corresponding to high priority is 1, the value of priority signaling corresponding to low priority is 0. In the embodiment of the present application, the value of priority signaling corresponding to high priority is 1, and the value of priority signaling corresponding to low priority is 0 as an example. In the embodiments of the first aspect of the present application and the embodiments of other aspects of the present application, "SPS configuration is associated with high priority" and "SPS configuration is associated with low priority” can use the above explanation, and the description will not be repeated.
  • one or more SPS configurations correspond to the same HARQ-ACK codebook. It can also be understood that the terminal device expects one or more SPS configurations to correspond to the same HARQ-ACK codebook. The ACK codebook, or the terminal device expects the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to one or more SPS configurations to be the same.
  • state #1 is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, and SPS configuration #3, so SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, and SPS configuration #3 correspond to HARQ-ACK codebook Are the same.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with the first HARQ-ACK codebook; at the same time, according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #2 is also associated with the first HARQ-ACK codebook; and At the same time, according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #3 is also associated with the first HARQ-ACK codebook. In this way, the three SPS configurations associated with state #1 correspond to the same HARQ-ACK Codebook.
  • the first HARQ-ACK codebook may refer to the HARQ-ACK codebook whose index is 0; or it may refer to the HARQ-ACK codebook whose index is 1; it may also refer to the HARQ-ACK codebook with a high priority; Low HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the SPS configuration #n is associated with the first HARQ-ACK codebook may also mean that the SPS configuration #n is associated with the first PUCCH configuration (PUCCH-config).
  • the index corresponding to the first HARQ-ACK codebook is the same as the index corresponding to the first PUCCH configuration.
  • the method may further include:
  • Operation 303 The terminal device receives control information, and the HPN field of the control information indicates the SPS configuration set.
  • the above-mentioned control information (ie, downlink control information DCI) is used to release the SPS configuration, which may also be referred to as "SPS PDSCH release.”
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the terminal device can determine its corresponding SPS configuration set according to the SPS PDSCH release. For example, the terminal device may determine the corresponding SPS configuration set according to the codepoint of the HPN domain.
  • the HPN field '0000' represents the SPS configuration set #1; in addition, the HPN field '0001' represents the SPS configuration set #2, and so on, the HPN field '1111' represents the SPS configuration set #16.
  • the length of the HPN field is 2 bits
  • the length of the HPN field of the DCI format is configurable, for example, DCI format 1_2
  • the length of the HPN field is determined to be 2 bits according to HARQProcessNumberSize-ForDCIFormat1_2
  • the HPN field is '00 'Represents SPS configuration set #1; in addition, HPN field '01' represents SPS configuration set #2, and so on, HPN field '11' represents SPS configuration set #4.
  • the total number of corresponding SPS configuration sets is at most 2 M.
  • the CRC of the above control information may be scrambled by the CS-RNTI, and the new data indicator field of the control information may be 0.
  • all bits corresponding to the modulation and coding scheme (Modulation and coding scheme) field of the control information are 1, and all bits corresponding to the frequency domain resource assignment (Frequency domain resource assignment) field of the control information (bit) is 1, the control information includes a redundancy version (Redundancy version, RV) field, and all bits (bits) corresponding to the RV field are 0.
  • Modulation and coding scheme Modulation and coding scheme
  • RV redundancy version
  • all bits corresponding to the modulation and coding scheme (Modulation and coding scheme) field of the control information are 1, and all bits corresponding to the frequency domain resource assignment (Frequency domain resource assignment) field of the control information are 1.
  • the bit (bit) is 1, and the control information does not include a redundancy version (Redundancy version, RV) field.
  • the terminal device has completed the verification (Validation of the DCI format is achieved) through the control information.
  • the terminal device considers that the information of the DCI format is valid SPS deactivation information. If the verification fails to complete, the terminal device discards all the information in the DCI.
  • the terminal device may also receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to generate at least two HARQ-ACKs.
  • the second configuration information is used to configure at least two simultaneously assembled (simultaneously constructed) HARQ-ACK codebooks.
  • the second configuration information is a list (pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook-List), which includes two HARQ-ACK codebook configuration information (pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook).
  • the configuration information (pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook) of each HARQ-ACK codebook is used to indicate whether the HARQ-ACK codebook is semi-static or dynamic (semi-static or dynamic).
  • the terminal device does not receive the second configuration information, it may not be necessary for the terminal device to distinguish the priority corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information.
  • the terminal device needs to generate at least two (including two) HARQ-ACK codebooks with different priorities. Therefore, in this case, the terminal device needs to distinguish the HARQ-ACK information Corresponding (different priority) HARQ-ACK codebook. Adding this receiving condition helps the terminal device to distinguish in which scenario the one or more SPS configurations correspond to the same priority or the same HARQ-ACK codebook, so as to avoid erroneously determining which HARQ-ACK information corresponds to Priority or HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the method may further include:
  • Operation 305 The terminal device transmits the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information at the corresponding time domain position according to the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the one or more SPS configurations. signal.
  • the SPS configuration corresponding to the SPS configuration set corresponds to the same priority or HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the terminal device can determine the PUCCH configuration associated with the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release, and then send the HARQ used to carry the SPS PDSCH release according to the corresponding configuration information. -ACK information signal.
  • its HARQ-ACK information corresponds to a PUCCH configuration with the same priority index (for example, PUCCH configuration #1, which The associated priority index is 0).
  • its HARQ-ACK information corresponds to the PUCCH configuration with the same priority index (for example, PUCCH configuration #2, which The associated priority index is 1).
  • the SPS PDSCH release corresponds to HARQ-ACK codebook#0
  • its HARQ-ACK information corresponds to PUCCH configuration #1.
  • the priority associated with HARQ-ACK codebook #0 is the same as the priority associated with PUCCH configuration #1 (priority index is 0).
  • the SPS PDSCH release corresponds to HARQ-ACK codebook #1
  • its HARQ-ACK information corresponds to PUCCH configuration #2.
  • the priority associated with HARQ-ACK codebook #1 is the same as the priority associated with PUCCH configuration #2 (priority index is 1).
  • HARQ-ACK codebook#0 and HARQ-ACK codebook#1 may be configured by RRC signaling (pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook-List).
  • the RRC signaling is used to instruct the terminal device to generate (simultaneously construct simultaneously) one or two HARQ-ACK codebooks.
  • the two HARQ-ACK codebooks can respectively correspond to different priorities.
  • both HARQ-ACK codebook#0 and HARQ-ACK codebook#1 are applicable to this explanation, and will not be repeated.
  • the terminal device sends the signal in units of time slots.
  • the terminal device when the PUCCH configuration does not include or configure SubslotLength-ForPUCCH, the terminal device sends the corresponding HARQ-ACK information in the unit of slot according to the information indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the SPS PDSCH release.
  • the terminal device receives the SPS PDSCH release in slot n, and the terminal device transmits the corresponding HARQ-to-HARQ-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the SPS PDSCH release according to the time domain offset k indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in slot n+k.
  • ACK information For example, the terminal device receives the SPS PDSCH release in slot n, and the terminal device transmits the corresponding HARQ-to-HARQ-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the SPS PDSCH release according to the time domain offset k indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in slot n+k.
  • the terminal device uses sub-slot as a unit to send all ⁇ Said signal.
  • the length of the symbol corresponding to the sub-slot can be at least 2 or 7.
  • the terminal device when the PUCCH configuration includes or configures SubslotLength-ForPUCCH, the terminal device sends the corresponding HARQ-ACK in the unit of sub-slot according to the information indicated in the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the SPS PDSCH release. information.
  • the terminal device receives the SPS PDSCH release in the sub-slot, and the terminal device according to the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback in the SPS PDSCH release
  • the terminal device For the time domain offset k indicated by the timing indicator field, the corresponding HARQ-ACK information is sent in sub-slot n+k.
  • the indication of the HARQ-ACK information can be concisely realized without additional rules.
  • the method can further help the terminal device to determine the time domain position of sending the HARQ-ACK information, thereby improving the reliability of the system.
  • the embodiment of the second aspect of the present application provides a wireless communication method, which is applied to a terminal device.
  • the difference from the wireless communication method of the embodiment of the first aspect is that in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device is configured according to SPS
  • the set determines the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to or associated with the control information (SPS PDSCH release).
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4, the method includes:
  • Operation 401 a terminal device receives first configuration information and control information, where the first configuration information indicates a list, the list is associated with one or more SPS configuration sets, and the control information corresponds to one SPS Configuration collection
  • Operation 403 The terminal device determines the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the SPS configuration set corresponding to the control information.
  • the terminal device can determine the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to or associated with the control information according to the SPS configuration set corresponding to the control information, which avoids the communication between the network equipment and the terminal There are different understanding issues, which enhance the reliability of the system.
  • the method can further help the terminal device to determine the time domain position of sending the HARQ-ACK information, thereby improving the reliability of the system.
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information sent by the network device, such as RRC configuration information (SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList), and the first configuration information is used to indicate a list.
  • RRC configuration information SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate a list.
  • the list includes one or more states, and the number of states that the list may include is 1, 2, 3,..., 16; or, the number of states that the list may include is 1, 2,3,...,2 N_HPN .
  • N_HPN refers to the length of the HPN field in DCI format 1_2, and the length can be indicated by RRC signaling (for example, HARQProcessNumberSize-ForDCIFormat1_2), and this application is not limited to this.
  • the foregoing SPS configuration set is associated with one or more SPS configurations, and the mapping relationship between the foregoing SPS configuration set and the foregoing one or more SPS configurations may be indicated by configuration information.
  • the configuration information here is, for example, RRC signaling (SPS-ConfigDeactivationState), which is also called RRC configuration information.
  • SPS-ConfigDeactivationState RRC signaling
  • the number of SPS configurations that may be mapped or associated with the above-mentioned SPS configuration set is 1, 2, 3,..., 8.
  • the first configuration information can act on a bandwidth unit (BWP), that is, the first configuration information can indicate configuration information on a specific BWP (bandwidth unit), but the application is not limited to this .
  • BWP bandwidth unit
  • the application is not limited to this .
  • state and “SPS configuration set” are equivalent.
  • state will be used as an example to perform "SPS configuration set”. Description.
  • the control information corresponds to an SPS configuration set
  • the HPN field of the control information indicates the SPS configuration set.
  • This control information ie, downlink control information DCI
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the terminal device can determine its corresponding SPS configuration set according to the SPS PDSCH release. For example, the terminal device may determine the corresponding SPS configuration set according to the codepoint of the HPN domain.
  • the HPN field '0000' represents the SPS configuration set #1; in addition, the HPN field '0001' represents the SPS configuration set #2, and so on, the HPN field '1111' represents the SPS configuration set #16.
  • the HPN field '00' represents SPS configuration set #1; in addition, the HPN field '01' represents SPS configuration set #2, and so on, HPN field '11' represents SPS configuration set #4.
  • the total number of corresponding SPS configuration sets is at most 2 M.
  • the CRC of the above control information may be scrambled by the CS-RNTI, and the new data indicator field of the control information may be 0.
  • all bits corresponding to the modulation and coding scheme (Modulation and coding scheme) field of the control information are 1, and all bits corresponding to the frequency domain resource assignment (Frequency domain resource assignment) field of the control information (bit) is 1, the control information includes a redundancy version (Redundancy version, RV) field, and all bits (bits) corresponding to the RV field are 0.
  • Modulation and coding scheme Modulation and coding scheme
  • RV redundancy version
  • all bits corresponding to the modulation and coding scheme (Modulation and coding scheme) field of the control information are 1, and all bits corresponding to the frequency domain resource assignment (Frequency domain resource assignment) field of the control information are 1.
  • the bit (bit) is 1, and the control information does not include a redundancy version (Redundancy version, RV) field.
  • the terminal device has completed the verification (Validation of the DCI format is achieved) through the control information.
  • the terminal device considers that the information of the DCI format is valid SPS deactivation information. If the verification fails to complete, the terminal device discards all the information in the DCI.
  • the terminal device determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the SPS configuration set.
  • the terminal device may determine the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the SPS in the SPS configuration set may be an activated (active/active) SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set, and the application is not limited to this.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the highest priority among the priorities corresponding to the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the reliability of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set can be fully guaranteed, that is, the SPS configuration with the highest priority included in the SPS configuration set can be deactivated in a timely and reliable manner.
  • the following situation can be avoided: that is, in the SPS configuration, there is a high-priority SPS configuration, but the corresponding deactivation signaling is low-priority, so that the reliability of the SPS configuration cannot be guaranteed.
  • this SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with high priority
  • SPS configuration #2 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration # 3 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration #4 is associated with high priority. Since the highest priority corresponding to the four SPS configurations is high priority, the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration set is high priority. That is, the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is high priority.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the highest priority among the priorities corresponding to the activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the reliability of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set can be fully guaranteed.
  • the highest priority SPS configuration included in the SPS configuration set can be deactivated in a timely and reliable manner.
  • the following situation can be avoided: that is, in the SPS configuration, there is a high-priority SPS configuration, but the corresponding deactivation signaling is low-priority, so that the reliability of the SPS configuration cannot be guaranteed.
  • this example also considers whether each SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is activated.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information is to avoid erroneously determining the priority of the HARQ-ACK information, which affects system performance.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with high priority
  • SPS configuration #2 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration # 3 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration #4 is associated with high priority.
  • SPS configuration #2 and SPS configuration #3 are activated (active/activated). Since the highest priority corresponding to the two activated SPS configurations is the low priority, the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration set is the low priority. That is, the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is low priority.
  • the value corresponding to the high priority in the RRC signaling is 1, and the value corresponding to the low priority is 0.
  • this RRC signaling is used to indicate whether the SPS configuration is a high priority or a low priority in the physical layer priority or multiplexing operation (PHY priorityitization/multiplexing handling). For example, the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH or the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release is determined.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the lowest priority among the priorities corresponding to the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the terminal device can uniquely determine the priority of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, avoiding that the terminal device cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the priority, causing the HARQ -The ambiguity of ACK message priority indication affects system performance.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with high priority
  • SPS configuration #2 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration # 3 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration #4 is associated with high priority. Since the lowest priority corresponding to the four SPS configurations is low priority, the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration set is low priority.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the lowest priority among the priorities corresponding to the activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the terminal device can uniquely determine the priority of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, avoiding that the terminal device cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the priority, causing the HARQ -The ambiguity of ACK message priority indication affects system performance.
  • this example also considers whether each SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is activated. If the SPS configuration is not activated, its priority does not need to be considered. This can avoid using the priority corresponding to the inactive SPS configuration to determine The priority of the HARQ-ACK information is to avoid erroneously judging the priority of the HARQ-ACK information and affect system performance.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with high priority
  • SPS configuration #2 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration # 3 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration #4 is associated with high priority.
  • SPS configuration #2 and SPS configuration #3 are activated (active/activated). Since the lowest priority corresponding to the two activated SPS configurations is the low priority, the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration set is the low priority. That is, the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is low priority.
  • the value corresponding to the high priority in the RRC signaling is 1, and the value corresponding to the low priority is 0.
  • this RRC signaling is used to indicate whether the SPS configuration is a high priority or a low priority in a physical layer priority or multiplexing operation (PHY priorityitization/multiplexing handling). For example, the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH or the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release is determined.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration with the lowest SPS configuration index in the SPS configuration set.
  • the terminal device can uniquely determine the priority of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, avoiding that the terminal device cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the priority, causing the HARQ -The ambiguity of ACK message priority indication affects system performance.
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK information can also have high priority, ensuring reliability. In this way, the network device can use the SPS configuration with the lower SPS index to send more important data information, which improves the convenience of the system.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with high priority
  • SPS configuration #2 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration # 3 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration #4 is associated with high priority. Since among the four SPS configurations, the index of the SPS configuration corresponding to SPS configuration #1 is the lowest, and the priority corresponding to SPS configuration #1 is high priority, therefore, the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration set is high priority.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration with the lowest index among the activated SPS configurations in the SPS configuration set. Therefore, the terminal device can uniquely determine the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, and avoid the HARQ-ACK information because the UE cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the priority.
  • the ambiguity of ACK information priority indication affects system performance.
  • the SPS configuration with the lowest index is indicated as high priority
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK information can also have high priority and reliability is ensured. In this way, the network device can use the SPS configuration with the lower SPS index to send more information.
  • this example also considers whether each SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is activated. If the SPS configuration is not activated, its priority does not need to be considered. This can avoid using the priority corresponding to the inactive SPS configuration to determine The priority of the HARQ-ACK information is to avoid erroneously judging the priority of the HARQ-ACK information and affect system performance.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with high priority
  • SPS configuration #2 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration # 3 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration #4 is associated with high priority.
  • SPS configuration #2 and SPS configuration #3 are activated (active/activated).
  • the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration set is low priority level. That is, the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is low priority.
  • the value corresponding to the high priority in the RRC signaling is 1, and the value corresponding to the low priority is 0.
  • this RRC signaling is used to indicate whether the SPS configuration is a high priority or a low priority in the physical layer priority or multiplexing operation (PHY priorityitization/multiplexing handling). For example, the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH or the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release is determined.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration with the highest SPS configuration index in the SPS configuration set.
  • the terminal device can uniquely determine the priority of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, avoiding that the terminal device cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the priority, causing the HARQ -The ambiguity of ACK message priority indication affects system performance.
  • the SPS configuration with the highest index is indicated as high priority
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK information can also have high priority and reliability is ensured. In this way, the network device can use the SPS configuration with the higher SPS index to send more information. Important data information improves the convenience of the system.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with high priority
  • SPS configuration #2 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration # 3 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration #4 is associated with high priority. Since among the four SPS configurations, the SPS configuration corresponding to SPS configuration #4 has the highest index, and the priority corresponding to SPS configuration #4 is high priority, therefore, the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration set is high priority.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration with the highest index among the activated SPS configurations in the SPS configuration set.
  • the terminal device can uniquely determine the priority of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, avoiding that the terminal device cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the priority, causing the HARQ -The ambiguity of ACK message priority indication affects system performance.
  • the SPS configuration with the highest index is indicated as high priority
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK information can also have high priority and reliability is ensured. In this way, the network device can use the SPS configuration with the higher SPS index to send more information.
  • this example also considers whether each SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is activated. If the SPS configuration is not activated, its priority does not need to be considered. This can avoid using the priority corresponding to the inactive SPS configuration to determine The priority of the HARQ-ACK information is to avoid erroneously judging the priority of the HARQ-ACK information and affect system performance.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with high priority
  • SPS configuration #2 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration # 3 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration #4 is associated with high priority.
  • SPS configuration #2 and SPS configuration #3 are activated (active/activated).
  • the SPS configuration corresponding to SPS configuration #3 has the highest index, and the priority corresponding to SPS configuration #3 is low priority, so the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration set is low priority level. That is, the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is low priority.
  • the value corresponding to the high priority in the RRC signaling is 1, and the value corresponding to the low priority is 0.
  • this RRC signaling is used to indicate whether the SPS configuration is a high priority or a low priority in the physical layer priority or multiplexing operation (PHY priorityitization/multiplexing handling). For example, the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH or the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release is determined.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the priority corresponding to the most recently activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the terminal device can uniquely determine the priority of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, avoiding that the terminal device cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the priority, causing the HARQ -The ambiguity of ACK message priority indication affects system performance.
  • since the latest DCI indication corresponds to the best timeliness using the priority of the most recently activated SPS configuration as the priority of its corresponding SPS PDSCH release can more accurately reflect the priority of the SPS PDSCH release. Thereby improving the performance of the system.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with high priority
  • SPS configuration #2 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration # 3 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration #4 is associated with high priority
  • SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4 correspond to the time slots where the activated DCI is located are N 1 , N 2 , N 3 , and N 4, respectively .
  • N 3 is the latest one of the four time units, and the priority (low priority) of SPS configuration #3 corresponding to N 3 is the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration set. That is, the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is low priority.
  • the terminal device can uniquely determine one SPS configuration when the activated DCI corresponding to more than one SPS configuration in one SPS configuration set is in the same time slot.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the priority corresponding to the most recently activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the terminal device can uniquely determine the priority of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, avoiding that the terminal device cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the priority, causing the HARQ -The ambiguity of ACK message priority indication affects system performance.
  • the priority of the most recently activated SPS configuration is used as the priority of its corresponding SPS PDSCH release, which can more accurately reflect the priority of the SPS PDSCH release. Level, thereby improving the performance of the system.
  • this example also takes into account whether each SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is activated. If the SPS configuration is not activated, its priority is not necessary to determine the priority of the HARQ-ACK message. This can avoid the use of inactive
  • the corresponding priority of the SPS is configured to determine the priority of the HARQ-ACK information, so as to avoid erroneously determining the priority of the HARQ-ACK, which affects system performance.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with high priority
  • SPS configuration #2 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration # 3 is associated with low priority
  • SPS configuration #4 is associated with high priority.
  • SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, and SPS configuration #3 are activated (active/activated).
  • the activated SPS configuration SPS configuration 1, SPS configuration #2, and SPS configuration #3 corresponding to the activated DCI time slots are N 1 , N 2 , N 3 .
  • N 3 is the latest of the two time units
  • the priority (low priority) of SPS configuration #3 corresponding to N 3 is the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration set. That is, the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is low priority.
  • the terminal device can uniquely determine one SPS configuration when the activated DCI corresponding to more than one SPS configuration in one SPS configuration set is in the same time slot.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration.
  • the terminal device receives the SPS PDSCH according to the information of the first SPS configuration in the first time slot, and the SPS PDSCH receives It is activated in the first time slot. It can also be described as "if SPS PDSCH reception is activated for a UE and the UE is configured to receive SPS PDSCH according to the first SPS configuration in the first slot".
  • the first time slot refers to the latest time slot that is earlier than or no later than the time slot where the control information is located and used to receive the SPS PDSCH corresponding to the first SPS configuration.
  • the above-mentioned "the most recently activated SPS configuration may be the most recently activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set".
  • the terminal device determines that it is in slot n according to the first SPS configuration.
  • -2*P, slot nP, slot n, slot n+P, slot n+2*P and other time domain positions receive the PDSCH, where P refers to the period of the SPS.
  • P refers to the period of the SPS.
  • the time slot where the deactivation control information is located is n+1; then at least slot n-2*P, slot nP, slot n is earlier or no later than the time slot where the deactivation control information is located (slot n+ 1).
  • slot n-2*P, slot n-P, and slot n slot n is the closest to slot n+1. Therefore, in this scenario, slot n is the above-mentioned first time slot.
  • the terminal device determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the SPS configuration set. It may be that the terminal device corresponds to the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information.
  • the SPS in the SPS configuration set may be an activated (active/active) SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set, and the application is not limited to this.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the HARQ-ACK codebook with the highest priority or priority index corresponding to the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set. Therefore, the reliability of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set can be fully guaranteed, that is, the SPS configuration of the HARQ-ACK codebook with the highest priority or priority index contained in the SPS configuration set can be timely Deactivate reliably. In addition, the following situation can be avoided: that is, in the SPS configuration, there is an SPS configuration corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook with high priority, but the corresponding deactivation signaling is for the SPS corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook with low priority. As a result, the reliability of the SPS configuration corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook with the highest priority or priority index cannot be guaranteed.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1; at the same time, according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #2 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; at the same time, according to RRC For signaling, SPS configuration #3 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #4 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1.
  • the priority associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook#0 is low priority (priority index is 0); the priority associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook#1 is high priority (priority index is 1). Since among the four SPS configurations, the corresponding HARQ-ACK Codebook with the highest priority (or priority index) is HARQ-ACK Codebook#1, therefore, the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration set is HARQ-ACK Codebook #1. That is, the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is the HARQ-ACK codebook with the highest priority (or priority index).
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the HARQ-ACK codebook with the highest priority or priority index corresponding to the activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the reliability of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set can be fully guaranteed.
  • the SPS configuration of the HARQ-ACK codebook with the highest priority or priority index contained in the SPS configuration set can be timely, Deactivate reliably.
  • the following situation can be avoided: that is, in the SPS configuration, there is an SPS configuration corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook with high priority, but the corresponding deactivation signaling is for the SPS corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook with low priority.
  • the configuration results in that the reliability of the SPS configuration corresponding to the high-priority HARQ-ACK codebook cannot be guaranteed.
  • this example also considers whether each SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is activated. If the SPS configuration is not activated, its HARQ-ACK codebook does not need to be considered. This can avoid using the HARQ corresponding to the inactive SPS configuration.
  • -ACK codebook to determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information to avoid erroneously determining the priority of the HARQ-ACK information and affecting system performance.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1; at the same time, according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #2 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; at the same time, according to RRC For signaling, SPS configuration #3 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #4 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1.
  • the priority associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook#0 is low priority (priority index is 0); the priority associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook#1 is high priority (priority index is 1).
  • SPS configuration #2 and SPS configuration #3 are activated (active/activated). Since in these two activated SPS configurations, the HARQ-ACK codebook with the highest priority (or priority index) is HARQ-ACK Codebook#0, therefore, the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration set is HARQ-ACK Codebook#0. That is, the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is HARQ-ACK Codebook#0.
  • the RRC signaling may indicate the index of the HARQ-ACK codebook or the corresponding priority index (for example, 0 or 1).
  • this RRC signaling is used to indicate whether the SPS configuration is a high priority or a low priority in the physical layer priority or multiplexing operation (PHY priorityitization/multiplexing handling).
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH or the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release is determined.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the HARQ-ACK codebook with the lowest priority or priority index corresponding to the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set. Therefore, the terminal device can uniquely determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, avoiding that the terminal device cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the HARQ-ACK
  • the codebook causes the ambiguity of the HARQ-ACK codebook indication of the HARQ-ACK information, which affects the system performance.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1; at the same time, according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #2 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; at the same time, according to RRC For signaling, SPS configuration #3 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #4 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1.
  • the priority associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook#0 is low priority (priority index is 0); the priority associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook#1 is high priority (priority index is 1). Since among the four SPS configurations, the HARQ-ACK Codebook with the lowest priority (or priority index) is HARQ-ACK Codebook#0, therefore, the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration set is HARQ-ACK Codebook #0.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the HARQ-ACK codebook with the lowest priority or priority index corresponding to the activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set. Therefore, the terminal device can uniquely determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, avoiding that the terminal device cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the HARQ-ACK
  • the codebook causes the ambiguity of the HARQ-ACK codebook indication of the HARQ-ACK information, which affects the system performance. In addition, this example also considers whether each SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is activated.
  • the SPS configuration is not activated, its HARQ-ACK codebook does not need to be considered. This can avoid using the HARQ corresponding to the inactive SPS configuration.
  • -ACK codebook to determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information, so as to avoid erroneously determining the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information, which affects system performance.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1; at the same time, according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #2 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; at the same time, according to RRC For signaling, SPS configuration #3 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #4 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1.
  • the priority associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook#0 is low priority (priority index is 0); the priority associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook#1 is high priority (priority index is 1).
  • SPS configuration #2 and SPS configuration #3 are activated (active/activated). Since in these two activated SPS configurations, the HARQ-ACK codebook with the lowest priority or priority index is HARQ-ACK Codebook#0, therefore, the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration set is HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • ACK Codebook#0 that is, the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is HARQ-ACK Codebook#0.
  • the RRC signaling may indicate the index of the HARQ-ACK codebook or the corresponding priority index (for example, 0 or 1).
  • this RRC signaling is used to indicate whether the SPS configuration is a high priority or a low priority in the physical layer priority or multiplexing operation (PHY priorityitization/multiplexing handling).
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH or the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release is determined.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration with the lowest SPS configuration index in the SPS configuration set. Therefore, the terminal device can uniquely determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, avoiding that the terminal device cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the HARQ-ACK
  • the codebook causes the ambiguity of the HARQ-ACK information priority indication and affects the system performance.
  • the network device can use the SPS configuration with the lower SPS index to send more important Data information to improve the convenience of the system.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1; at the same time, according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #2 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; at the same time, according to RRC For signaling, SPS configuration #3 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #4 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1.
  • the SPS configuration index corresponding to SPS configuration #1 is the lowest, and the HARQ-ACK Codebook corresponding to SPS configuration #1 is HARQ-ACK Codebook #1, therefore, the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the SPS configuration set
  • the codebook is HARQ-ACK Codebook#1.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration with the lowest index among the activated SPS configurations in the SPS configuration set. Therefore, the terminal device can uniquely determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, avoiding that the terminal device cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the HARQ-ACK
  • the codebook causes the ambiguity of the HARQ-ACK codebook indication of the HARQ-ACK information, which affects the system performance.
  • the network device can use the SPS configuration with the lower SPS index to send more important data information, which improves the convenience of the system.
  • this example also considers whether each SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is activated. If the SPS configuration is not activated, its HARQ-ACK codebook does not need to be considered. This can avoid using the HARQ corresponding to the inactive SPS configuration. -ACK codebook to determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information, so as to avoid erroneously determining the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information, which affects system performance.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1; at the same time, according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #2 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; at the same time, according to RRC For signaling, SPS configuration #3 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #4 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1.
  • SPS configuration #2 and SPS configuration #3 are activated (active/activated).
  • the SPS configuration set corresponds to The HARQ-ACK codebook is HARQ-ACK Codebook#0. That is, the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is HARQ-ACK Codebook#0.
  • the RRC signaling may indicate the index of the HARQ-ACK codebook (for example, 0 or 1).
  • this RRC signaling is used to indicate whether the SPS configuration is a high priority or a low priority in the physical layer priority or multiplexing operation (PHY priorityitization/multiplexing handling).
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH or the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release is determined.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration with the highest SPS configuration index in the SPS configuration set. Therefore, the terminal device can uniquely determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, avoiding that the terminal device cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the HARQ-ACK
  • the codebook causes ambiguity in the indication of the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information, which affects system performance.
  • the network device can use the SPS configuration with the higher SPS index to send more important data information, which improves the convenience of the system.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1; at the same time, according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #2 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; at the same time, according to RRC For signaling, SPS configuration #3 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #4 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1.
  • the SPS configuration index corresponding to SPS configuration #4 is the highest, and the HARQ-ACK Codebook corresponding to SPS configuration #4 is HARQ-ACK Codebook #1, therefore, the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the SPS configuration set
  • the codebook is HARQ-ACK Codebook#1.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration with the highest index among the activated SPS configurations in the SPS configuration set. Therefore, the terminal device can uniquely determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, avoiding that the terminal device cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the HARQ-ACK
  • the codebook causes ambiguity in the indication of the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information, which affects system performance.
  • the network device can use the SPS configuration with the higher SPS index to send more important data information, which improves the convenience of the system.
  • this example also considers whether each SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is activated. If the SPS configuration is not activated, its HARQ-ACK codebook does not need to be considered. This can avoid using the HARQ corresponding to the inactive SPS configuration. -ACK codebook to determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information, so as to avoid erroneously determining the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information, which affects system performance.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1; at the same time, according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #2 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; at the same time, according to RRC For signaling, SPS configuration #3 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #4 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1.
  • SPS configuration #2 and SPS configuration #3 are activated (active/activated).
  • the SPS configuration index corresponding to SPS configuration #3 is the highest, and the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to SPS configuration #3 is HARQ-ACK Codebook #0, so the SPS configuration set corresponds to
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook is HARQ-ACK Codebook#0. That is, the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is HARQ-ACK Codebook#0.
  • the RRC signaling may indicate the index of the HARQ-ACK codebook (for example, 0 or 1).
  • this RRC signaling is used to indicate whether the SPS configuration is a high priority or a low priority in the physical layer priority or multiplexing operation (PHY priorityitization/multiplexing handling).
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH or the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release is determined.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the most recently activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set. Therefore, the terminal device can uniquely determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, avoiding that the terminal device cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the HARQ-ACK
  • the codebook causes ambiguity in the indication of the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information, which affects system performance.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1; at the same time, according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #2 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; at the same time, according to RRC For signaling, SPS configuration #3 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #4 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1.
  • SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4 correspond to the time slots where the activated DCI is located are N 1 , N 2 , N 3 , and N 4, respectively .
  • N 3 is the latest one of the four time units
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook (HARQ-ACK Codebook #0) of SPS configuration # 3 corresponding to N 3 is the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration set.
  • ACK code book That is, the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is HARQ-ACK Codebook#0.
  • the terminal device can uniquely determine one SPS configuration when the activated DCI corresponding to more than one SPS configuration in one SPS configuration set is in the same time slot.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information may be the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the most recently activated active SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set. Therefore, the terminal device can uniquely determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS configuration set, avoiding that the terminal device cannot determine which SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is used to determine the HARQ-ACK
  • the codebook causes ambiguity in the indication of the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information, which affects system performance.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the recently activated active SPS configuration is used as its corresponding SPS PDSCH release HARQ-ACK codebook, which can reflect more accurately
  • the SPS PDSCH releases the HARQ-ACK codebook, thereby improving the performance of the system.
  • this example also considers whether each SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is activated.
  • the SPS configuration is not activated, its HARQ-ACK codebook is not necessary to determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information, so Doing so can avoid using the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the inactive SPS configuration to determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information, so as to avoid incorrectly judging the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK, which affects system performance.
  • SPS configuration set is associated with SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, SPS configuration #3, and SPS configuration #4.
  • SPS configuration #1 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1; at the same time, according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #2 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; at the same time, according to RRC For signaling, SPS configuration #3 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #0; according to RRC signaling, SPS configuration #4 is associated with HARQ-ACK Codebook #1.
  • SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, and SPS configuration #3 are activated (active/activated).
  • the activated SPS configuration: SPS configuration #1, SPS configuration #2, and SPS configuration #3 corresponding to the activated DCI time slots are N 1 , N 2 , N 3 .
  • N 3 is the latest of the two time units
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook (HARQ-ACK Codebook #0) of SPS configuration # 3 corresponding to N 3 is the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration set.
  • ACK code book That is, the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is HARQ-ACK Codebook#0.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration with the lowest SPS configuration index (SPS configuration #2) or the SPS configuration with the highest SPS configuration index (SPS configuration #3) is the HARQ-ACK code of the HARQ-ACK of the control information book. Therefore, the terminal device can uniquely determine one SPS configuration when the activated DCI corresponding to more than one SPS configuration in one SPS configuration set is in the same time slot.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration.
  • the above-mentioned "active SPS configuration" may be the first SPS configuration.
  • the terminal device receives the SPS PDSCH according to the information of the first SPS configuration in the first time slot, and the SPS PDSCH is received in the first time slot.
  • the time slot is activated. It can also be described as "if SPS PDSCH reception is activated for a UE and the UE is configured to receive SPS PDSCH according to the first SPS configuration in the first slot".
  • the first time slot refers to the latest time slot that is earlier than or no later than the time slot where the control information is located and used to receive the SPS PDSCH corresponding to the first SPS configuration.
  • the above-mentioned "the most recently activated SPS configuration may be the most recently activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set".
  • the terminal device determines that it is in slot n according to the first SPS configuration.
  • -2*P, slot nP, slot n, slot n+P, slot n+2*P and other time domain positions receive the PDSCH, where P refers to the period of the SPS.
  • P refers to the period of the SPS.
  • the time slot where the deactivation control information is located is n+1; then at least slot n-2*P, slot nP, slot n is earlier or no later than the time slot where the deactivation control information is located (slot n+ 1).
  • slot n-2*P, slot n-P, and slot n slot n is the closest to slot n+1. Therefore, in this scenario, slot n is the above-mentioned first time slot.
  • the priority of the above-mentioned SPS configuration set and the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information or the mapping relationship of the HARQ-ACK codebook is indicated by the configuration information.
  • the configuration information is, for example, RRC configuration information, which is also called RRC signaling, and this application does not limit the specific indication manner.
  • the terminal device may also receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to generate at least two HARQ-ACKs.
  • the second configuration information is used to configure at least two simultaneously assembled (simultaneously constructed) HARQ-ACK codebooks.
  • the second configuration information is a list (pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook-List), which includes two HARQ-ACK codebook configuration information (pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook).
  • the configuration information (pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook) of each HARQ-ACK codebook is used to indicate whether the HARQ-ACK codebook is semi-static or dynamic (semi-static or dynamic).
  • the terminal device does not receive the second configuration information, it may not be necessary for the terminal device to distinguish the priority corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information.
  • the terminal device needs to generate at least two (including two) HARQ-ACK codebooks with different priorities. Therefore, in this case, the terminal device needs to distinguish the HARQ-ACK information Corresponding (different priority) HARQ-ACK codebook. Adding this receiving condition helps the terminal device to distinguish between the scenarios in which the priority of the HARQ-ACK information or the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the control information is determined according to the SPS configuration set, so as to avoid incorrectly determining the HARQ-ACK The priority or HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the information.
  • the method may further include:
  • Operation 405 The terminal device sends the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information at the corresponding time domain position according to the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information or the HARQ-ACK codebook signal of.
  • the terminal device can determine the HARQ-ACK information associated with the PUCCH configuration, and then send a signal for carrying the HARQ-ACK information according to the corresponding configuration information.
  • the HARQ-ACK information corresponds to PUCCH configuration #2, and its associated priority index is 1.
  • the HARQ-ACK information corresponds to HARQ-ACK codebook#0
  • the HARQ-ACK information corresponds to PUCCH configuration #1.
  • the priority associated with HARQ-ACK codebook #0 is the same as the priority associated with PUCCH configuration #1 (priority index is 0).
  • the HARQ-ACK information corresponds to HARQ-ACK codebook#1
  • the HARQ-ACK information corresponds to PUCCH configuration #2.
  • the priority associated with HARQ-ACK codebook #1 is the same as the priority associated with PUCCH configuration #2 (priority index is 1).
  • the terminal device sends the signal in units of time slots.
  • the terminal device when the PUCCH configuration does not include or configure SubslotLength-ForPUCCH, the terminal device sends the corresponding HARQ-ACK information in the unit of slot according to the information indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the SPS PDSCH release.
  • the terminal device receives the SPS PDSCH release in slot n, and the terminal device transmits the corresponding HARQ-to-HARQ-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the SPS PDSCH release according to the time domain offset k indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in slot n+k.
  • ACK information For example, the terminal device receives the SPS PDSCH release in slot n, and the terminal device transmits the corresponding HARQ-to-HARQ-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the SPS PDSCH release according to the time domain offset k indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in slot n+k.
  • the terminal device uses sub-slot as a unit to send all ⁇ Said signal.
  • the length of the symbol corresponding to the sub-slot can be at least 2 or 7.
  • the terminal device when the PUCCH configuration includes or configures SubslotLength-ForPUCCH, the terminal device sends the corresponding HARQ-ACK in the unit of sub-slot according to the information indicated in the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the SPS PDSCH release. information.
  • the terminal device receives the SPS PDSCH release in the sub-slot, and the terminal device according to the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback in the SPS PDSCH release
  • the terminal device For the time domain offset k indicated by the timing indicator field, the corresponding HARQ-ACK information is sent in sub-slot n+k.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application as described above, the problem of different understanding between the network device and the terminal device is avoided, and the reliability of the system is enhanced.
  • the method can further help the terminal device to determine the time domain position of sending the HARQ-ACK information, thereby improving the reliability of the system.
  • the embodiment of the third aspect of the present application provides a wireless communication method, which is applied to a terminal device.
  • the difference from the wireless communication method of the embodiment of the first aspect and the wireless communication method of the embodiment of the second aspect is that
  • the terminal device determines the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to or associated with the control information according to the control information.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5, the method includes:
  • Operation 501 A terminal device receives first configuration information and control information, where the first configuration information indicates a list, and the list is associated with one or more SPS configuration sets, and the control information corresponds to one SPS configuration set;
  • Operation 503 The terminal device determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information or the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the control information according to the control information.
  • the terminal device can determine the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to or associated with the control information according to the control information, avoiding the problem of different understandings between network devices and terminal devices , Enhance the reliability of the system.
  • the method can further help the terminal device to determine the time domain position of sending the HARQ-ACK information, thereby improving the reliability of the system.
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information sent by the network device, such as RRC configuration information (SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList), and the first configuration information is used to indicate a list.
  • RRC configuration information SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate a list.
  • the list includes one or more states, and the number of states that the list may include is 1, 2, 3,..., 16; or, the number of states that the list may include is 1, 2,3,...,2 N_HPN .
  • N_HPN refers to the length of the HPN field in DCI format 1_2, and the length can be indicated by RRC signaling (for example, HARQProcessNumberSize-ForDCIFormat1_2), and this application is not limited to this.
  • the foregoing SPS configuration set is associated with one or more SPS configurations, and the mapping relationship between the foregoing SPS configuration set and the foregoing one or more SPS configurations may be indicated by configuration information.
  • the configuration information here is, for example, RRC signaling (SPS-ConfigDeactivationState), which is also called RRC configuration information.
  • SPS-ConfigDeactivationState RRC signaling
  • the number of SPS configurations that may be mapped or associated with the above-mentioned SPS configuration set is 1, 2, 3,..., 8.
  • the first configuration information can act on a bandwidth unit (BWP), that is, the first configuration information can indicate configuration information on a specific BWP (bandwidth unit), but the application is not limited to this .
  • BWP bandwidth unit
  • the application is not limited to this .
  • state and “SPS configuration set” are equivalent.
  • state will be used as an example to perform "SPS configuration set”. Description.
  • the control information corresponds to an SPS configuration set
  • the HPN field of the control information indicates the SPS configuration set.
  • This control information ie, downlink control information DCI
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the terminal device can determine its corresponding SPS configuration set according to the SPS PDSCH release. For example, the terminal device may determine the corresponding SPS configuration set according to the codepoint of the HPN domain.
  • the HPN field '0000' represents the SPS configuration set #1; in addition, the HPN field '0001' represents the SPS configuration set #2, and so on, the HPN field '1111' represents the SPS configuration set #16.
  • the HPN field '00' represents SPS configuration set #1; in addition, the HPN field '01' represents SPS configuration set #2, and so on, HPN field '11' represents SPS configuration set #4.
  • the total number of corresponding SPS configuration sets is at most 2 M.
  • the CRC of the above control information may be scrambled by the CS-RNTI, and the new data indicator field of the control information may be 0.
  • all bits corresponding to the modulation and coding scheme (Modulation and coding scheme) field of the control information are 1, and all bits corresponding to the frequency domain resource assignment (Frequency domain resource assignment) field of the control information (bit) is 1, the control information includes a redundancy version (Redundancy version, RV) field, and all bits (bits) corresponding to the RV field are 0.
  • Modulation and coding scheme Modulation and coding scheme
  • RV redundancy version
  • all bits corresponding to the modulation and coding scheme (Modulation and coding scheme) field of the control information are 1, and all bits corresponding to the frequency domain resource assignment (Frequency domain resource assignment) field of the control information are 1.
  • the bit (bit) is 1, and the control information does not include a redundancy version (Redundancy version, RV) field.
  • the terminal device has completed the verification (Validation of the DCI format is achieved) through the control information.
  • the terminal device considers that the information of the DCI format is valid SPS deactivation information. If the verification fails to complete, the terminal device discards all the information in the DCI.
  • control information (that is, the downlink control information DCI) is used to release the SPS configuration, which may also be referred to as SPS PDSCH release.
  • the terminal device determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the control information.
  • the terminal device may determine the control information according to the format of the control information (DCI format). The priority of the corresponding HARQ-ACK information.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is low priority; when the DCI format corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is 1_2, the The priority of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to SPS PDSCH release is high priority.
  • the terminal device can determine the priority of the HARQ-ACK information of the corresponding SPS PDSCH release according to the DCI format, so that the terminal device can know the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH release before reading the content of the SPS PDSCH release The priority corresponding to the information, so that the hardware of the terminal device can start processing the corresponding information earlier.
  • RRC signaling configures a specific DCI format to be associated with a specific priority. If the SPS PDSCH release uses the specific DCI format for scheduling, the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is corresponding Specific priority. For example, if according to RRC signaling, DCI format 1_2 is mapped to high priority, when the DCI format corresponding to SPS PDSCH release is 1_2, the priority of the corresponding HARQ-ACK information is high priority. Conversely, if according to RRC signaling, DCI format 1_2 is mapped to low priority, when the DCI format corresponding to SPS PDSCH release is 1_2, the priority of the corresponding HARQ-ACK information is low priority.
  • the terminal device can determine the priority of the HARQ-ACK information of the corresponding SPS PDSCH release according to the DCI format, so that the terminal device can know the HARQ-ACK of the SPS PDSCH release before reading the content of the SPS PDSCH release The priority corresponding to the information, so that the hardware of the terminal device can start processing the corresponding information earlier.
  • the terminal device can specify different DCI formats according to the RRC, so that the HARQ-ACK priority corresponding to the DCI format of (SPS PDSCH release) can be flexibly configured, thereby making system scheduling more flexible.
  • the terminal device determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the control information.
  • the terminal device may determine the control information according to the scrambled RNTI of the CRC of the control information.
  • the priority of the corresponding HARQ-ACK information is not limited to the following HARQ-ACK information.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is high priority
  • the SPS PDSCH release is When the CRC scrambled RNTI is the second RNTI (for example, RNTI other than HP-RNTI, such as C-RNTI), the priority of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is low priority.
  • the terminal device can determine the priority of the HARQ-ACK information of the corresponding SPS PDSCH release according to the RNTI of the SPS PDSCH release. In this way, the terminal device can know the priority corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release before reading the content of the SPS PDSCH release, so that the hardware of the terminal device can start processing the corresponding information earlier.
  • the RNTI is used to distinguish the types of DCI formats that do not increase the UE's need for blind detection.
  • the terminal device determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the control information, which may be the terminal device according to the control resource set (CORESET) or search space of the control information.
  • CORESET control resource set
  • SS search space of the control information.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is high priority; when the CORESET corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is the second CORESET , The priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is low priority.
  • the mapping relationship between the first CORESET and the priority may be configured by RRC signaling; similarly, the mapping relationship between the second CORESET and the priority may also be configured by RRC signaling.
  • the terminal device can determine the priority of the HARQ-ACK information of the corresponding SPS PDSCH release according to the CORESET of the SPS PDSCH release. In this way, the terminal device can know the priority corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release before reading the content of the SPS PDSCH release, so that the hardware of the terminal device can start processing the corresponding information earlier.
  • CORESET can be used to distinguish different TRPs. Therefore, using CORESET to distinguish the HARQ-ACK information can help to associate the priority of the HARQ-ACK information with the TRP index. It is beneficial to the convenience of scheduling in this scenario.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is high priority; when the search space corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is In the second search space, the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is low priority.
  • the mapping relationship between the first search space and the priority may be configured by RRC signaling; similarly, the mapping relationship between the second search space and the priority may also be configured by RRC signaling.
  • the terminal device can determine the priority of the HARQ-ACK information of the corresponding SPS PDSCH release according to the CORESET of the SPS PDSCH release. In this way, the terminal device can know the priority corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release before reading the content of the SPS PDSCH release, so that the hardware of the terminal device can start processing the corresponding information earlier.
  • the terminal device determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the control information.
  • the terminal device may determine the priority of the HARQ-ACK information according to the field of the control information. The priority of the corresponding HARQ-ACK information.
  • the SPS PDSCH release includes a field for indicating priority, the length of which is 1 bit.
  • this field is '0', the priority of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is low priority; when this field is '1', the priority of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release The priority is high priority.
  • the terminal device can determine the priority of the HARQ-ACK information of the corresponding SPS PDSCH release according to the indication of the domain included in the SPS PDSCH release. In this way, the terminal device can directly obtain the priority indication information without additional implicit information.
  • the terminal device can use normal C-RNTI or CS-RNTI scrambling, and the blind detection complexity is low; in any CORESET/ Monitoring on the search space, the controllable selection of CORESET/Search space is not limited; any DCI format can be used, and the DCI format that can be used is not limited.
  • the field may be a priority indication (priority indication) field, but the application is not limited to this.
  • the terminal device determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the control information.
  • the terminal device may determine the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the format of the control information (DCI format).
  • DCI format the format of the control information
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is HARQ-ACK condebook#0; when the DCI format corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is HARQ-ACK When the format is 1_2, the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is HARQ-ACK condebook#1.
  • the terminal device can determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information of the corresponding SPS PDSCH release according to the DCI format, so that the terminal device can know the SPS PDSCH release content before reading the content of the SPS PDSCH release
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information enables the hardware of the terminal device to start processing the corresponding information earlier.
  • RRC signaling configures a specific DCI format to be associated with a specific HARQ-ACK codebook. If the SPS PDSCH release uses the specific DCI format scheduling, then the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is associated with the specific HARQ-ACK information.
  • HARQ-ACK codebook correspondence For example, if according to RRC signaling, DCI format 1_2 is mapped to HARQ-ACK condebook#1, when the DCI format corresponding to SPS PDSCH release is 1_2, its corresponding HARQ-ACK information corresponds to HARQ-ACK condebook#1.
  • DCI format 1_2 is mapped to HARQ-ACK condebook#0
  • DCI format corresponding to SPS PDSCH release is 1_2
  • its corresponding HARQ-ACK information corresponds to HARQ-ACK condebook#0.
  • the terminal device can determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information of the corresponding SPS PDSCH release according to the DCI format, so that the terminal device can know the SPS PDSCH release content before reading the content of the SPS PDSCH release
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information enables the hardware of the terminal device to start processing the corresponding information earlier.
  • the terminal device can specify different DCI formats according to the RRC, so that the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the (SPS PDSCH release) DCI format can be flexibly configured, thereby making system scheduling more flexible.
  • the terminal device determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the control information.
  • the terminal device may determine the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the CRC scrambled RNTI of the control information.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is the high priority HARQ-ACK condebook#1;
  • the CRC scrambled RNTI of the SPS PDSCH release is the second RNTI (for example, an RNTI other than HP-RNTI, such as C-RNTI), the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is HARQ-
  • the ACK codebook is HARQ-ACK condebook#0 with low priority.
  • the terminal device can determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information of the corresponding SPS PDSCH release according to the RNTI of the SPS PDSCH release. In this way, the terminal device can know the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release before reading the content of the SPS PDSCH release, so that the hardware of the terminal device can start processing the corresponding information.
  • RNTI is used to distinguish the types of DCI formats that do not increase the need for blind detection of terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the control information, which may be the control resource set (CORESET) of the terminal device according to the control information. Or the search space (SS) determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information.
  • the control information which may be the control resource set (CORESET) of the terminal device according to the control information.
  • the search space (SS) determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is the high priority HARQ-ACK condebook#1; when the SPS PDSCH release When the CORESET corresponding to the release is the second CORESET, the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is the low-priority HARQ-ACK condebook#0.
  • mapping relationship between the first CORESET and HARQ-ACK condebook#1 can be configured by RRC signaling; similarly, the mapping relationship between the second CORESET and HARQ-ACK condebook#0 can also be configured by RRC signaling. .
  • the terminal device can determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information of the corresponding SPS PDSCH release according to the CORESET of the SPS PDSCH release. In this way, the terminal device can know the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release before reading the content of the SPS PDSCH release, so that the hardware of the terminal device can start processing the corresponding information.
  • CORESET can be used to distinguish different TRPs. Therefore, CORESET is used to distinguish the HARQ-ACK codebook that can contribute to the HARQ-ACK information and to associate the TRP index. It is beneficial to the convenience of scheduling in this scenario.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is the high priority HARQ-ACK condebook#1;
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is HARQ-ACK condebook#0 with a low priority.
  • the mapping relationship between the first search space and HARQ-ACK condebook#1 can be configured by RRC signaling; similarly, the mapping relationship between the second search space and HARQ-ACK condebook#0 can also be configured by RRC signaling of.
  • the terminal device can determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information of the corresponding SPS PDSCH release according to the CORESET of the SPS PDSCH release. In this way, the terminal device can know the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information of the SPS PDSCH release before reading the content of the SPS PDSCH release, so that the hardware of the terminal device can start processing the corresponding information.
  • the terminal device determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the control information.
  • the terminal device may determine the HARQ-ACK codebook according to the field of the control information.
  • the SPS PDSCH release includes a field for indicating priority, the length of which is 1 bit.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH release is HARQ-ACK condebook#0 with low priority; when this field is '1', the SPS The HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH release is the high-priority HARQ-ACK condebook#1.
  • the terminal device can determine the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information of the corresponding SPS PDSCH release according to the indication of the domain included in the SPS PDSCH release. In this way, the terminal device can directly obtain the HARQ-ACK codebook indication information without additional implicit information.
  • the terminal device can use normal C-RNTI or CS-RNTI scrambling, with low blind detection complexity; Monitoring on the CORESET/Search space, the controllable selection of CORESET/Search space is not limited; any DCI format can be used, and the DCI format that can be used is not limited.
  • the field may be a priority indication (priority indication) field, but the application is not limited to this.
  • the terminal device may also receive second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to generate at least two HARQ-ACKs.
  • the second configuration information is used to configure at least two simultaneously assembled (simultaneously constructed) HARQ-ACK codebooks.
  • the second configuration information is a list (pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook-List), which includes two HARQ-ACK codebook configuration information (pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook).
  • the configuration information (pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook) of each HARQ-ACK codebook is used to indicate whether the HARQ-ACK codebook is semi-static or dynamic (semi-static or dynamic).
  • the terminal device does not receive the second configuration information, it may not be necessary for the terminal device to distinguish the priority corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information.
  • the terminal device needs to generate at least two (including two) HARQ-ACK codebooks with different priorities. Therefore, in this case, the terminal device needs to distinguish the HARQ-ACK information Corresponding (different priority) HARQ-ACK codebook. Adding this receiving condition helps the terminal device to distinguish between the scenarios in which the priority of the HARQ-ACK information or the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the control information is determined according to the control information, so as to avoid incorrectly determining the HARQ-ACK information The corresponding priority or HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the method may further include:
  • Operation 505 The terminal device transmits the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information at the corresponding time domain position according to the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information or the HARQ-ACK codebook signal of.
  • the terminal device can determine the HARQ-ACK information associated with the PUCCH configuration, and then send a signal for carrying the HARQ-ACK information according to the corresponding configuration information.
  • the HARQ-ACK information corresponds to PUCCH configuration #2, and its associated priority index is 1.
  • the HARQ-ACK information corresponds to HARQ-ACK codebook#0
  • the HARQ-ACK information corresponds to PUCCH configuration #1.
  • the priority associated with HARQ-ACK codebook #0 is the same as the priority associated with PUCCH configuration #1 (priority index is 0).
  • the HARQ-ACK information corresponds to HARQ-ACK codebook#1
  • the HARQ-ACK information corresponds to PUCCH configuration #2.
  • the priority associated with HARQ-ACK codebook #1 is the same as the priority associated with PUCCH configuration #2 (priority index is 1).
  • the terminal device sends the signal in units of time slots.
  • the terminal device when the PUCCH configuration does not include or configure SubslotLength-ForPUCCH, the terminal device sends the corresponding HARQ-ACK information in the unit of slot according to the information indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the SPS PDSCH release.
  • the terminal device receives the SPS PDSCH release in slot n, and the terminal device transmits the corresponding HARQ-to-HARQ-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the SPS PDSCH release according to the time domain offset k indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in slot n+k.
  • ACK information For example, the terminal device receives the SPS PDSCH release in slot n, and the terminal device transmits the corresponding HARQ-to-HARQ-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the SPS PDSCH release according to the time domain offset k indicated by the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in slot n+k.
  • the terminal device uses sub-slot as a unit to send all ⁇ Said signal.
  • the length of the symbol corresponding to the sub-slot can be at least 2 or 7.
  • the terminal device when the PUCCH configuration includes or configures SubslotLength-ForPUCCH, the terminal device sends the corresponding HARQ-ACK in the unit of sub-slot according to the information indicated in the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the SPS PDSCH release. information.
  • the terminal device receives the SPS PDSCH release in the sub-slot, and the terminal device according to the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback in the SPS PDSCH release
  • the terminal device For the time domain offset k indicated by the timing indicator field, the corresponding HARQ-ACK information is sent in sub-slot n+k.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present application as described above, the problem of different understanding between the network device and the terminal device is avoided, and the reliability of the system is enhanced.
  • the method can further help the terminal device to determine the time domain position of sending the HARQ-ACK information, thereby improving the reliability of the system.
  • the embodiment of the fourth aspect of the present application provides a wireless communication method, which is applied to a network device, which is a network-side processing corresponding to the method of the embodiment of the first aspect, wherein the same as the embodiment of the first aspect The content will not be repeated.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication method according to an embodiment of the fourth aspect of the present application. As shown in Fig. 6, the method includes:
  • Operation 601 The network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information indicates that one or more SPS configurations are associated with one SPS configuration set, and the one or more SPS configurations correspond to the same priority. Level or the same HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the first configuration information may act on a bandwidth unit.
  • the method may further include:
  • Operation 603 the network device sends control information to the terminal device, and the HPN field of the control information indicates the SPS configuration set;
  • Operation 605 The network device receives the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information at a corresponding time domain position according to the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the one or more SPS configurations. signal.
  • the CRC of the control information may be scrambled by the CS-RNTI.
  • the new data indicator field of the control information may be 0.
  • all bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1; all bits corresponding to the Frequency domain resource assignment field of the control information are 1.
  • the control information contains the Redundancy version field; all bits corresponding to the Redundancy version field of the control information are 0.
  • the control information is validated (Validation of the DCI format is achieved).
  • all bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1; all bits corresponding to the Frequency domain resource assignment field of the control information are 1.
  • the control information does not include the Redundancy version domain.
  • the control information is validated (Validation of the DCI format is achieved).
  • the length of the HPN field of the control information is M, and the total number of SPS configuration sets corresponding to the HPN field is 2 M at most.
  • the network device may also send second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to generate at least two HARQ-ACKs.
  • the second configuration information is used to configure at least two simultaneously assembled (simultaneously constructed) HARQ-ACK codebooks.
  • the second configuration information is a list (pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook-List), which includes two HARQ-ACK codebook configuration information (pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook).
  • the configuration information (pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook) of each HARQ-ACK codebook is used to indicate whether the HARQ-ACK codebook is semi-static or dynamic (semi-static or dynamic).
  • the network device may not send the second configuration information, it may not be necessary for the network device to distinguish the priority corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information.
  • the HARQ-ACK information received by the network device may correspond to different priorities. Therefore, in this case, the network device must distinguish the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the (different priority) Level) HARQ-ACK codebook. Adding this receiving condition helps the network device to distinguish the scenarios under which the one or more SPS configurations correspond to the same priority or the same HARQ-ACK codebook, so as to avoid erroneously determining the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the Priority or HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the priority or the PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook does not include or is not configured with an indication about the length of the sub-slot, the network device The signal is received in units of time slots.
  • the priority or the PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook contains or is configured with an indication of the length of the sub-slot, and the network device uses The sub-slot is a unit, and the signal is received.
  • the situation that the network device cannot determine the priority corresponding to the HARQ-ACK information is avoided, and the reliability of the system is enhanced.
  • the embodiment of the fifth aspect of the present application provides a wireless communication device, which is configured in a terminal device. Since the principle of the device to solve the problem is similar to the method of the embodiment of the first aspect, its specific implementation can refer to the implementation of the method of the embodiment of the first aspect, and the same contents will not be repeated.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication device 700 of this embodiment.
  • the device 700 includes: a receiving unit 701 that receives first configuration information, where the first configuration information indicates one or more SPS The configuration is associated with one SPS configuration set, and the one or more SPS configurations correspond to the same priority or the same HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the first configuration information acts on a bandwidth unit.
  • the receiving unit 701 also receives control information, and the HPN field of the control information indicates the SPS configuration set.
  • the CRC of the control information is scrambled by CS-RNTI.
  • the new data indicator field of the control information is 0.
  • all bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1; all bits corresponding to the Frequency domain resource assignment field of the control information are 1; and the control information includes Redundancy version Domain; all bits corresponding to the Redundancy version domain of the control information are 0.
  • the control information is validated (Validation of the DCI format is achieved).
  • all bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1; all bits corresponding to the Frequency domain resource assignment field of the control information are 1, and the control information does not include Redundancy version domain.
  • the control information is validated (Validation of the DCI format is achieved).
  • the length of the HPN field of the control information is M, and the total number of SPS configuration sets corresponding to the HPN field is 2 M at most.
  • the receiving unit 701 also receives second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to generate two HARQ-ACK codebooks.
  • the apparatus 700 further includes:
  • the sending unit 702 is configured to send a signal for carrying HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information at a corresponding time domain position according to the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the one or more SPS configurations.
  • the priority or the PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook does not include or does not configure an indication about the length of the sub-slot, and the sending unit 702 sends the signal.
  • the priority or PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook contains or is configured with an indication of the length of a sub-slot, and the sending unit 702 sends the sub-slot as a unit. signal.
  • the device according to the embodiment of the present application as described in the embodiment of the first aspect, enhances the reliability of the system.
  • the embodiment of the sixth aspect of the present application provides a wireless communication device, which is configured in a terminal device. Since the principle of the device to solve the problem is similar to the method of the embodiment of the second aspect, its specific implementation can refer to the implementation of the method of the embodiment of the second aspect, and the same content will not be repeated.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication device 800 of this embodiment.
  • the device 800 includes: a receiving unit 801 and a determining unit 802.
  • the receiving unit 801 is configured to receive first configuration information and control information, where the first configuration information indicates a list, and the list is associated with one or more SPS configuration sets, and the control information corresponds to one SPS configuration set.
  • the determining unit 802 is configured to determine the priority of the HARQ-ACK information or the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the control information according to the SPS configuration set corresponding to the control information.
  • the set of SPS configurations is associated with one or more SPS configurations.
  • the first configuration information acts on a bandwidth unit.
  • control information corresponds to an SPS configuration set, and includes: the HPN field of the control information indicates the SPS configuration set.
  • the CRC of the control information is scrambled by CS-RNTI.
  • the new data indicator field of the control information is 0.
  • control information includes a Redundancy version field; all bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1; all bits corresponding to the Frequency domain resource assignment field of the control information are 1; All bits corresponding to the Redundancy version field of the control information are 0.
  • control information is validated (Validation of the DCI format is achieved).
  • control information does not include the Redundancy version field; all bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1; all bits corresponding to the Frequency domain resource assignment field of the control information Is 1.
  • control information is validated (Validation of the DCI format is achieved).
  • the length of the HPN field of the control information is M, and the total number of SPS configuration sets corresponding to the HPN field is 2 M at most.
  • the determining unit 802 determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set refers to: the activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is one of the following: the highest priority among the priorities corresponding to the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set; the SPS configuration The lowest priority among the priorities corresponding to the SPS configurations in the set; the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration with the lowest SPS configuration index in the SPS configuration set; the SPS configuration with the highest SPS configuration index in the SPS configuration set The corresponding priority; the priority corresponding to the most recently activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the most recently activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set refers to: the most recently activated SPS configuration among the activated SPS configurations in the SPS configuration set.
  • the activated SPS configuration refers to the first SPS configuration; wherein, the receiving unit 801 receives the SPS PDSCH in the first time slot according to the information of the first SPS configuration, and the SPS PDSCH reception is activated in the first time slot; wherein, the first time slot refers to the latest one that is earlier than or no later than the time slot in which the control information is located and used to receive the first time slot.
  • SPS configuration corresponding SPS PDSCH time slot refers to the first SPS configuration
  • the determining unit 802 determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set refers to: the activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information is one of the following: the priority corresponding to the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set or the HARQ with the highest priority index -ACK codebook; HARQ-ACK codebook with the lowest priority or priority index corresponding to the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set; HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration with the lowest SPS configuration index in the SPS configuration set ACK codebook; the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration with the highest SPS configuration index in the SPS configuration set; the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the most recently activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the most recently activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set refers to: the most recently activated SPS configuration among the activated SPS configurations in the SPS configuration set.
  • the activated SPS configuration refers to the first SPS configuration; wherein, the terminal device receives the SPS PDSCH according to the information of the first SPS configuration in the first time slot, and the SPS PDSCH reception is activated in the first time slot; wherein, the first time slot refers to the latest one that is earlier than or no later than the time slot in which the control information is located, and is used for receiving and the first time slot.
  • SPS configuration corresponding SPS PDSCH time slot refers to the first SPS configuration
  • mapping relationship between the SPS configuration set and the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information or the HARQ-ACK codebook is indicated by configuration information.
  • the receiving unit 801 also receives second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to generate two HARQ-ACK codebooks.
  • the apparatus 800 further includes:
  • the sending unit 803 which sends a signal for carrying the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information at the corresponding time domain position according to the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information or the HARQ-ACK codebook .
  • the priority or the PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook does not include or is not configured with an indication of the length of the sub-slot, and the sending unit 803 sends the signal.
  • the PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook contains or is configured with an indication of the length of the sub-slot, and the sending unit 803 sends the sub-slot as a unit. signal.
  • the device according to the embodiment of the present application as described in the embodiment of the second aspect, enhances the reliability of the system.
  • the embodiment of the seventh aspect of the present application provides a wireless communication device, which is configured in a terminal device. Since the principle of the device to solve the problem is similar to the method of the embodiment of the third aspect, its specific implementation can refer to the implementation of the method of the embodiment of the third aspect, and the same content will not be repeated.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication device 900 of this embodiment.
  • the device 900 includes: a receiving unit 901 and a determining unit 902.
  • the receiving unit 901 is configured to receive first configuration information and control information, where the first configuration information indicates a list, and the list is associated with one or more SPS configuration sets, and the control information corresponds to one SPS configuration set.
  • the determining unit 902 is configured to determine the priority of the HARQ-ACK information or the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the control information according to the control information.
  • the set of SPS configurations is associated with one or more SPS configurations.
  • the first configuration information acts on a bandwidth unit.
  • control information corresponds to an SPS configuration set, and includes: the HPN field of the control information indicates the SPS configuration set.
  • the CRC of the control information is scrambled by CS-RNTI.
  • the new data indicator field of the control information is 0.
  • control information includes a Redundancy version field; all bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1; all bits corresponding to the Frequency domain resource assignment field of the control information are 1; All bits corresponding to the Redundancy version field of the control information are 0.
  • control information is validated (Validation of the DCI format is achieved).
  • control information does not include the Redundancy version field; all bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1; all bits corresponding to the Frequency domain resource assignment field of the control information Is 1.
  • control information is validated (Validation of the DCI format is achieved).
  • the length of the HPN field of the control information is M, and the total number of SPS configuration sets corresponding to the HPN field is 2 M at most.
  • the determining unit 902 determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the format of the control information (DCI format).
  • the determining unit 902 determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the scrambled RNTI of the CRC of the control information.
  • the determining unit 902 determines the priority of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the control resource set (CORESET) or search space (SS) of the control information.
  • CORESET control resource set
  • SS search space
  • the determining unit 902 determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the domain of the control information.
  • the determining unit 902 determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the format of the control information (DCI format).
  • the determining unit 902 determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the scrambled RNTI of the CRC of the control information.
  • the determining unit 902 determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the control resource set (CORESET) or the search space (SS) of the control information.
  • the determining unit 902 determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the domain of the control information.
  • the receiving unit 901 also receives second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to generate two HARQ-ACK codebooks.
  • the apparatus 900 further includes:
  • the sending unit 903 which sends a signal for carrying the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information at the corresponding time domain position according to the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information or the HARQ-ACK codebook .
  • the priority or the PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook does not include or is not configured with an indication of the length of the sub-slot, and the sending unit 903 sends the signal;
  • the PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook contains or is configured with an indication of the length of the sub-slot, and the sending unit 903 sends the signal in units of sub-slots. .
  • the device according to the embodiment of the present application as described in the embodiment of the third aspect, enhances the reliability of the system.
  • the embodiment of the eighth aspect of the present application provides a wireless communication device, which is configured in a network device. Since the principle of the device to solve the problem is similar to the method of the embodiment of the fourth aspect, its specific implementation can refer to the implementation of the method of the embodiment of the fourth aspect, and the same content will not be repeated.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the wireless communication device 1000 of this embodiment.
  • the device 1000 includes: a sending unit 1001 that sends first configuration information to a terminal device, where the first configuration information indicates one or more One SPS configuration is associated with one SPS configuration set, and the one or more SPS configurations correspond to the same priority or the same HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the first configuration information acts on a bandwidth unit.
  • the sending unit further sends control information to the terminal device, and the HPN field of the control information indicates the SPS configuration set.
  • the device 1000 further includes:
  • the receiving unit 1002 receives a signal for carrying HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information at a corresponding time domain position according to the priority corresponding to the one or more SPS configurations or the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the CRC of the control information is scrambled by CS-RNTI.
  • the new data indicator field of the control information is 0.
  • all bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1; all bits corresponding to the Frequency domain resource assignment field of the control information are 1; and the control information includes Redundancy version Domain; all bits corresponding to the Redundancy version domain of the control information are 0.
  • the control information is validated (Validation of the DCI format is achieved).
  • all bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1; all bits corresponding to the Frequency domain resource assignment field of the control information are 1, and the control information does not include Redundancy version domain.
  • the control information is validated (Validation of the DCI format is achieved).
  • the length of the HPN field of the control information is M, and the total number of SPS configuration sets corresponding to the HPN field is 2 M at most.
  • the sending unit 1001 also sends second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to generate two HARQ-ACK codebooks.
  • the priority or the PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook does not include or is not configured with an indication about the length of the sub-slot, the receiving unit 1002 receives the signal in units of time slots.
  • the priority or the PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook includes or is configured with an indication of the length of the sub-slot, the receiving unit 1002 The signal is received in units of sub-slots.
  • the device according to the embodiment of the present application as described in the embodiment of the fourth aspect, enhances the reliability of the system.
  • An embodiment of the ninth aspect of the present application provides a terminal device, which includes the apparatus described in the embodiment of the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 1100 may include a central processing unit 1101 and a memory 1102; the memory 1102 is coupled to the central processing unit 1101. It is worth noting that this figure is exemplary; other types of structures can also be used to supplement or replace this structure to implement telecommunication functions or other functions.
  • the functions of the device described in the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect or the embodiment of the seventh aspect may be integrated into the central processing unit 1101, and the central processing unit 1101 implements the fifth or sixth aspect or The functions of the device described in the embodiment of the seventh aspect, wherein the functions of the device described in the embodiment of the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect are combined here, and will not be repeated here.
  • the device described in the embodiment of the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the seventh aspect is configured separately from the central processing unit 1101.
  • the device of the fifth aspect, the sixth aspect, or the seventh aspect can be configured separately.
  • the device described in the embodiment is configured as a chip connected to the central processing unit 1101, and the functions of the device described in the embodiment of the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect or the seventh aspect are realized through the control of the central processing unit 1101.
  • the terminal device 1100 may further include: a communication module 1103, an input unit 1104, an audio processing unit 1105, a display 1106, and a power supply 1107. It is worth noting that the terminal device 1100 does not necessarily include all the components shown in FIG. 11; in addition, the terminal device 1100 may also include components not shown in FIG. 11, and reference may be made to the prior art.
  • the central processing unit 1101 is sometimes called a controller or operation control, and may include a microprocessor or other processor devices and/or logic devices.
  • the central processing unit 1101 receives inputs and controls various components of the terminal equipment 1100. Operation of components.
  • the memory 1102 may be, for example, one or more of a cache, a flash memory, a hard drive, a removable medium, a volatile memory, a non-volatile memory, or other suitable devices.
  • a variety of information can be stored, and in addition, programs that execute related information can be stored.
  • the central processing unit 1101 can execute the program stored in the memory 1102 to realize information storage or processing.
  • the functions of other components are similar to the existing ones, so I won't repeat them here.
  • the components of the terminal device 1100 may be implemented by dedicated hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof, without departing from the scope of the present application.
  • the reliability of the system is increased.
  • the embodiment of the tenth aspect of the present application provides a network device, and the network device includes the apparatus described in the embodiment of the eighth aspect.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 1200 may include: a central processing unit (CPU) 1201 and a memory 1202; the memory 1202 is coupled to the central processing unit 1201.
  • the memory 1202 can store various data; in addition, it also stores information processing programs and executes the programs under the control of the central processing unit 1201 to receive various information sent by the terminal device and send various information to the terminal device.
  • the functions of the device described in the embodiment of the eighth aspect may be integrated into the central processing unit 1201, and the central processing unit 1201 implements the functions of the device described in the embodiment of the eighth aspect, wherein the function of the device described in the embodiment of the eighth aspect is The functions of the devices described in the eight aspects of the embodiments are incorporated here, and will not be repeated here.
  • the device described in the embodiment of the eighth aspect can be configured separately from the central processing unit 1201.
  • the device described in the embodiment of the eighth aspect can be a chip connected to the central processing unit 1201, The function of the device described in the embodiment of the eighth aspect is realized by the control of the central processing unit 1201.
  • the network device 1200 may further include: a transceiver 1203, an antenna 1204, etc.; wherein the functions of the above-mentioned components are similar to those of the prior art, and will not be repeated here. It is worth noting that the network device 1200 does not necessarily include all the components shown in FIG. 12; in addition, the network device 1200 may also include components not shown in FIG. 12, and reference may be made to the prior art.
  • the embodiment of the eleventh aspect of the present application further provides a communication system including a network device and a terminal device.
  • the network device is, for example, the network device 1200 described in the embodiment of the tenth aspect
  • the terminal device is, for example, the ninth aspect.
  • the terminal device is, for example, a UE served by a gNB.
  • the terminal device also includes the conventional composition and functions of the terminal device. As described in the embodiment of the ninth aspect, it will not be repeated here.
  • the network device may be, for example, the gNB in the NR, which in addition to the functions of the device described in the embodiment of the eighth aspect, it also includes the conventional composition and functions of the network device, such as the implementation of the tenth aspect As mentioned in the examples, I will not repeat them here.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable program, wherein when the program is executed in the terminal device, the program causes the computer to execute the implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect in the terminal device The method described in the example.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium storing a computer-readable program, wherein the computer-readable program enables a computer to execute the method described in the embodiment of the first aspect or the second aspect or the third aspect in a terminal device .
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable program, wherein when the program is executed in a network device, the program causes a computer to execute the method described in the embodiment of the fourth aspect in the network device.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium storing a computer-readable program, wherein the computer-readable program enables a computer to execute the method described in the embodiment of the fourth aspect in a network device.
  • the above devices and methods of this application can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware combined with software.
  • This application relates to such a computer-readable program.
  • the logic component can realize the above-mentioned device or constituent component, or the logic component can realize the above-mentioned various methods. Or steps.
  • Logic components such as field programmable logic components, microprocessors, processors used in computers, etc.
  • This application also relates to storage media used to store the above programs, such as hard disks, magnetic disks, optical disks, DVDs, flash memory, etc.
  • the method/device described in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as hardware, a software module executed by a processor, or a combination of the two.
  • one or more of the functional block diagrams and/or one or more combinations of the functional block diagrams shown in the figure may correspond to each software module of the computer program flow or each hardware module.
  • These software modules can respectively correspond to the steps shown in the figure.
  • These hardware modules can be implemented by solidifying these software modules by using a field programmable gate array (FPGA), for example.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the software module can be located in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • a storage medium may be coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium; or the storage medium may be a component of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC.
  • the software module can be stored in the memory of the mobile terminal, or can be stored in a memory card that can be inserted into the mobile terminal.
  • the software module can be stored in the MEGA-SIM card or a large-capacity flash memory device.
  • One or more of the functional blocks described in the drawings and/or one or more combinations of the functional blocks can be implemented as general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs) for performing the functions described in this application. ), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component or any appropriate combination thereof.
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • One or more of the functional blocks described in the drawings and/or one or more combinations of the functional blocks can also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, for example, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, or multiple micro-processing Processor, one or more microprocessors in communication with the DSP, or any other such configuration.
  • a wireless communication device configured in a terminal device, wherein the device includes:
  • a receiving unit that receives first configuration information, the first configuration information indicating that one or more SPS configurations are associated with an SPS configuration set, and the one or more SPS configurations correspond to the same priority or the same HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the receiving unit also receives second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to generate at least two HARQ-ACK codebooks.
  • the receiving unit also receives control information, and the HPN field of the control information indicates the SPS configuration set.
  • the CRC of the control information is scrambled by CS-RNTI.
  • the new data indicator field of the control information is 0.
  • All bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1;
  • the control information includes a Redundancy version domain
  • All bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1;
  • the control information does not include the Redundancy version domain.
  • the control information is validated (Validation of the DCI format is achieved).
  • a sending unit which sends a signal for carrying HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information at a corresponding time domain position according to the priority corresponding to the one or more SPS configurations or the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the priority or PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook does not include or is not configured with an indication about the length of the sub-slot, and the sending unit sends the signal in a unit of a slot.
  • the priority or the PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook contains or is configured with an indication of the length of the sub-slot, and the sending unit sends the signal in a unit of the sub-slot.
  • a wireless communication device configured in a terminal device, wherein the device includes:
  • a receiving unit that receives first configuration information and control information, where the first configuration information indicates a list (list), the list is associated with one or more SPS configuration sets, and the control information corresponds to one of the SPS configuration collection;
  • a determining unit which determines the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the SPS configuration set corresponding to the control information.
  • the set of SPS configurations is associated with one or more SPS configurations.
  • control information corresponds to an SPS configuration set, including:
  • the HPN field of the control information indicates the SPS configuration set.
  • the CRC of the control information is scrambled by CS-RNTI.
  • the new data indicator field of the control information is 0.
  • the control information includes a Redundancy version domain
  • All bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1;
  • the control information does not include the Redundancy version domain
  • All bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1;
  • the control information is validated (Validation of the DCI format is achieved).
  • the receiving unit also receives second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to generate two HARQ-ACK codebooks.
  • the determining unit determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is the activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the receiving unit receives the SPS PDSCH in the first time slot according to the information of the first SPS configuration, and the SPS PDSCH reception is activated in the first time slot; wherein, the first time slot is Means,
  • the latest time slot used for receiving the SPS PDSCH corresponding to the first SPS configuration that is earlier than or no later than the time slot where the control information is located.
  • the determining unit determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the SPS configuration set, including:
  • the determining unit determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the most recently activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the most recently activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set is the activated SPS configuration in the SPS configuration set.
  • the terminal device receives the SPS PDSCH in the first time slot according to the information of the first SPS configuration, and the SPS PDSCH reception is activated in the first time slot; wherein, the first time slot is Means,
  • mapping relationship between the SPS configuration set and the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information or the HARQ-ACK codebook is indicated by the configuration information.
  • the sending unit sends a signal for carrying the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information at a corresponding time domain position according to the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information or the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the priority or PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook does not include or is not configured with an indication about the length of the sub-slot, and the sending unit sends the signal in a unit of a slot.
  • the priority or the PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook contains or is configured with an indication of the length of the sub-slot, and the sending unit sends the signal in a unit of the sub-slot.
  • a wireless communication device configured in a terminal device, wherein the device includes:
  • a receiving unit that receives first configuration information and control information, where the first configuration information indicates a list (list), the list is associated with one or more SPS configuration sets, and the control information corresponds to one of the SPS configuration collection;
  • the determining unit determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information or the HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the control information according to the control information.
  • the set of SPS configurations is associated with one or more SPS configurations.
  • control information corresponds to an SPS configuration set, including:
  • the HPN field of the control information indicates the SPS configuration set.
  • the CRC of the control information is scrambled by CS-RNTI.
  • the new data indicator field of the control information is 0.
  • the control information includes a Redundancy version domain
  • All bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1;
  • the control information does not include the Redundancy version domain
  • All bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1;
  • the control information is validated (Validation of the DCI format is achieved).
  • the receiving unit also receives second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to generate two HARQ-ACK codebooks.
  • the determining unit determines the priority of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the control information, including one of the following:
  • the determining unit determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the format of the control information (DCI format);
  • the determining unit determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the scrambled RNTI of the CRC of the control information;
  • the determining unit determines the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the control resource set (CORESET) or the search space (SS) of the control information;
  • the determining unit determines the priority of HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the domain of the control information.
  • the determining unit determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the control information, including one of the following:
  • the determining unit determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the format of the control information (DCI format);
  • the determining unit determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the scrambled RNTI of the CRC of the control information;
  • the determining unit determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the control resource set (CORESET) or the search space (SS) of the control information;
  • the determining unit determines the HARQ-ACK codebook of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information according to the domain of the control information.
  • the sending unit sends a signal for carrying the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information at a corresponding time domain position according to the priority of the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information or the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the priority or the PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook does not include or is not configured with an indication about the length of the sub-slot, and the sending unit sends the signal in a unit of a slot;
  • the priority or the PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook contains or is configured with an indication of the length of the sub-slot, and the sending unit sends the signal in the unit of the sub-slot.
  • a wireless communication device configured in a network device, wherein the device includes:
  • a sending unit which sends first configuration information to the terminal device, the first configuration information indicating that one or more SPS configurations are associated with one SPS configuration set, and the one or more SPS configurations correspond to the same priority Or the same HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the sending unit also sends control information to the terminal device, and the HPN field of the control information indicates the SPS configuration set;
  • the device also includes:
  • the receiving unit receives a signal for carrying HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information at a corresponding time domain position according to the priority or HARQ-ACK codebook corresponding to the one or more SPS configurations.
  • the CRC of the control information is scrambled by CS-RNTI.
  • the new data indicator field of the control information is 0.
  • All bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1;
  • the control information includes a Redundancy version domain
  • All bits corresponding to the Modulation and coding scheme field of the control information are 1;
  • the control information does not include the Redundancy version domain.
  • the control information is validated (Validation of the DCI format is achieved).
  • receiving a signal for carrying HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the control information at a corresponding time domain position includes:
  • the priority or the PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook does not include or is not configured with an indication about the length of the sub-slot, and the receiving unit receives the signal in a unit of a time slot.
  • the priority or the PUCCH parameter configuration information corresponding to the HARQ-ACK codebook contains or is configured with an indication of the length of the sub-slot, and the receiving unit receives the signal in a unit of the sub-slot.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Detection And Prevention Of Errors In Transmission (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种无线通信方法、装置和通信系统，所述无线通信方法包括：终端设备接收配置信息，所述配置信息指示了一个或多于一个SPS配置与一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级或相同的HARQ-ACK码书。

Description

无线通信方法、装置和系统 技术领域
本申请涉及通信领域。
背景技术
为了满足工业物联网的需求，使得不同类型的业务能够同时传输，NR(New Radio，新无线)系统会在Rel-15(版本15)的基础上进一步增强。为了避免不同业务之间的干扰，一个很重要的方法是给信号(或上行资源)指示相应的优先级，也即，根据相应信号(或上行资源)所对应的优先级来确定两个信号(或上行资源)冲突时终端设备的行为。
应该注意，上面对技术背景的介绍只是为了方便对本申请的技术方案进行清楚、完整的说明，并方便本领域技术人员的理解而阐述的。不能仅仅因为这些方案在本申请的背景技术部分进行了阐述而认为上述技术方案为本领域技术人员所公知。
发明内容
发明人发现，目前，没有相应的机制能用于确定joint SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook。joint SPS PDSCH release是指对应于一个特定状态的SPS PDSCH release；其中，该特定状态与一个或多于一个SPS配置相关联。这会导致终端设备无法确定该HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，从而导致UE无法处理该HARQ-ACK信号与其他信号的碰撞，也即无法与其他信号进行优先或复用处理(prioritization/multiplexing handling)。另外，这也会导致终端设备无法在正确的时域位置发送用于承载所述HARQ-ACK信息的信号，导致系统不能工作。
为了解决上述问题或者解决其他类似问题，本申请实施例提供了一种无线通信方法、装置和系统，以提升系统的可靠性。
根据本申请实施例的第一方面，提供了一种无线通信方法，其中，所述方法包括：
终端设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个或多于一个SPS配置与一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级或 相同的HARQ-ACK码书。
根据本申请实施例的第二方面，提供了一种无线通信方法，其中，所述方法包括：
终端设备接收第一配置信息和控制信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个列表，所述列表与一个或多于一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述控制信息对应一个所述SPS配置集合；
所述终端设备根据所述SPS配置集合确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书。
根据本申请实施例的第三方面，提供了一种无线通信方法，其中，所述方法包括：
终端设备接收第一配置信息和控制信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个列表，所述列表与一个或多于一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述控制信息对应一个所述SPS配置集合；
所述终端设备根据所述控制信息确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书。
根据本申请实施例的第四方面，提供了一种无线通信方法，其中，所述方法包括：
网络设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个或多于一个SPS配置与一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级或相同的HARQ-ACK码书。
根据本申请实施例的第五方面，提供了一种无线通信装置，配置于终端设备，其中，所述装置包括：
接收单元，其接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个或多于一个SPS配置与一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级或相同的HARQ-ACK码书。
根据本申请实施例的第六方面，提供了一种无线通信装置，配置于终端设备，其中，所述装置包括：
接收单元，其接收第一配置信息和控制信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个列表，所述列表与一个或多于一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述控制信息对应一个所述SPS配置集合；
确定单元，其根据所述SPS配置集合确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书。
根据本申请实施例的第七方面，提供了一种无线通信装置，配置于终端设备，其中，所述装置包括：
接收单元，其接收第一配置信息和控制信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个列表，所述列表与一个或多于一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述控制信息对应一个所述SPS配置集合；
确定单元，其根据所述控制信息确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书。
根据本申请实施例的第八方面，提供了一种无线通信装置，配置于网络设备，其中，所述装置包括：
发送单元，其向终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个或多于一个SPS配置与一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级或相同的HARQ-ACK码书。
根据本申请实施例的第九方面，提供了一种终端设备，其中，所述终端设备包括前述第五方面至第七方面任一方面所述的无线通信装置。
根据本申请实施例的第十方面，提供了一种网络设备，其中，所述网络设备包括前述第八方面所述的无线通信装置。
根据本申请实施例的第十一方面，提供了一种通信系统，所述通信系统包括前述第九方面所述的终端设备和/或前述第十方面所述的网络设备。
根据本申请实施例的其它方面，提供了一种计算机可读程序，其中当在终端设备中执行所述程序时，所述程序使得计算机在所述终端设备中执行前述第一方面至第三方面任一方面所述的方法。
根据本申请实施例的其它方面，提供了一种存储有计算机可读程序的存储介质，其中所述计算机可读程序使得计算机在终端设备中执行前述第一方面至第三方面任一方面所述的方法。
根据本申请实施例的其它方面，提供了一种计算机可读程序，其中当在网络设备中执行所述程序时，所述程序使得计算机在所述网络设备中执行前述第四方面所述的方法。
根据本申请实施例的其它方面，提供了一种存储有计算机可读程序的存储介质，其中所述计算机可读程序使得计算机在网络设备中执行前述第四方面所述的方法。
本申请实施例的有益效果之一在于：根据本申请实施例，能够确定HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook。由此，当承载该HARQ-ACK信息的信号与其他信号即将发生冲突时，终端设备或网络设备可以根据该HARQ-ACK信息对应的优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook确定前述两个信号是复用(multiplex)，还是发送其中一个而丢弃(drop)另外一个。另外，当该HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook确定后，能够帮助终端设备在正确的时域位置发送用于承载该HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
参照后文的说明和附图，详细公开了本申请的特定实施方式，指明了本申请的原理可以被采用的方式。应该理解，本申请的实施方式在范围上并不因而受到限制。在所附权利要求的精神和条款的范围内，本申请的实施方式包括许多改变、修改和等同。
针对一种实施方式描述和/或示出的特征可以以相同或类似的方式在一个或更多个其它实施方式中使用，与其它实施方式中的特征相组合，或替代其它实施方式中的特征。
应该强调，术语“包括/包含”在本文使用时指特征、整件、步骤或组件的存在，但并不排除一个或更多个其它特征、整件、步骤或组件的存在或附加。
附图说明
在本申请实施例的一个附图或一种实施方式中描述的元素和特征可以与一个或更多个其它附图或实施方式中示出的元素和特征相结合。此外，在附图中，类似的标号表示几个附图中对应的部件，并可用于指示多于一种实施方式中使用的对应部件。
所包括的附图用来提供对本申请实施例的进一步的理解，其构成了说明书的一部分，用于例示本申请的实施方式，并与文字描述一起来阐释本申请的原理。显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其它的附图。在附图中：
图1是半持续调度的一个示意图；
图2是半持续调度的另一个示意图；
图3是本申请第一方面的实施例的无线通信方法的示意图；
图4是本申请第二方面的实施例的无线通信方法的示意图；
图5是本申请第三方面的实施例的无线通信方法的示意图；
图6是本申请第四方面的实施例的无线通信方法的示意图；
图7是本申请第五方面的实施例的无线通信装置的示意图；
图8是本申请第六方面的实施例的无线通信装置的示意图；
图9是本申请第七方面的实施例的无线通信装置的示意图；
图10是本申请第八方面的实施例的无线通信装置的示意图；
图11是本申请第九方面的实施例的终端设备的示意图；
图12是本申请第十方面的实施例的网络设备的示意图。
具体实施方式
参照附图，通过下面的说明书，本申请的前述以及其它特征将变得明显。在说明书和附图中，具体公开了本申请的特定实施方式，其表明了其中可以采用本申请的原则的部分实施方式，应了解的是，本申请不限于所描述的实施方式，相反，本申请包括落入所附权利要求的范围内的全部修改、变型以及等同物。
在本申请实施例中，术语“第一”、“第二”等用于对不同元素从称谓上进行区分，但并不表示这些元素的空间排列或时间顺序等，这些元素不应被这些术语所限制。术语“和/或”包括相关联列出的术语的一种或多个中的任何一个和所有组合。术语“包含”、“包括”、“具有”等是指所陈述的特征、元素、元件或组件的存在，但并不排除存在或添加一个或多个其他特征、元素、元件或组件。
在本申请实施例中，单数形式“一”、“该”等包括复数形式，应广义地理解为“一种”或“一类”而并不是限定为“一个”的含义；此外术语“所述”应理解为既包括单数形式也包括复数形式，除非上下文另外明确指出。此外术语“根据”应理解为“至少部分根据……”，术语“基于”应理解为“至少部分基于……”，除非上下文另外明确指出。
在本申请实施例中，术语“通信网络”或“无线通信网络”可以指符合如下任意通信标准的网络，例如长期演进(LTE，Long Term Evolution)、增强的长期演进(LTE-A，LTE-Advanced)、宽带码分多址接入(WCDMA，Wideband Code Division Multiple Access)、高速报文接入(HSPA，High-Speed Packet Access)等等。
并且，通信系统中设备之间的通信可以根据任意阶段的通信协议进行，例如可以包括但不限于如下通信协议：1G(generation)、2G、2.5G、2.75G、3G、4G、4.5G 以及未来的5G、新无线(NR，New Radio)等等，和/或其他目前已知或未来将被开发的通信协议。
在本申请实施例中，术语“网络设备”例如是指通信系统中将终端设备接入通信网络并为该终端设备提供服务的设备。网络设备可以包括但不限于如下设备：基站(BS，Base Station)、接入点(AP、Access Point)、发送接收点(TRP，Transmission Reception Point)、广播发射机、移动管理实体(MME、Mobile Management Entity)、网关、服务器、无线网络控制器(RNC，Radio Network Controller)、基站控制器(BSC，Base Station Controller)等等。
其中，基站可以包括但不限于：节点B(NodeB或NB)、演进节点B(eNodeB或eNB)以及5G基站(gNB)，等等，此外还可包括远端无线头(RRH，Remote Radio Head)、远端无线单元(RRU，Remote Radio Unit)、中继(relay)或者低功率节点(例如femto、pico等等)。并且术语“基站”可以包括它们的一些或所有功能，每个基站可以对特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖。术语“小区”可以指的是基站和/或其覆盖区域，这取决于使用该术语的上下文。
在本申请实施例中，术语“用户设备”(UE，User Equipment)例如是指通过网络设备接入通信网络并接收网络服务的设备，也可以称为“终端设备”(TE，Terminal Equipment)。终端设备可以是固定的或移动的，并且也可以称为移动台(MS，Mobile Station)、终端、用户、用户台(SS，Subscriber Station)、接入终端(AT，Access Terminal)、站，等等。
其中，终端设备可以包括但不限于如下设备：蜂窝电话(Cellular Phone)、个人数字助理(PDA，Personal Digital Assistant)、无线调制解调器、无线通信设备、手持设备、机器型通信设备、膝上型计算机、无绳电话、智能手机、智能手表、数字相机，等等。
再例如，在物联网(IoT，Internet of Things)等场景下，终端设备还可以是进行监控或测量的机器或装置，例如可以包括但不限于：机器类通信(MTC，Machine Type Communication)终端、车载通信终端、设备到设备(D2D，Device to Device)终端、机器到机器(M2M，Machine to Machine)终端，等等。
在本申请实施例中，关于下行半持续调度(DL SPS)，一个DL SPS一般对应一个SPS配置，下行半持续调度激活控制信息(DL SPS activation PDCCH)是指用于 激活一个SPS配置集合的控制信息。例如，该SPS配置集合具有特定ID或者没有特定ID，并且，该SPS配置集合包含一个或多于一个SPS配置。这里，以其中一个SPS配置激活为例。如图1所示，当UE接收到该激活PDCCH(DCI)的时候，该DCI以及相应的SPS配置会提供用于接收相应PDSCH(物理下行共享信道)的信息。如图1所示，根据所述信息，UE接收激活后第一个PDSCH(在时隙n)。之后，UE会根据SPS配置中的周期(例如周期为P)确定第二个PDSCH的接收位置，即时隙n+P，并以此类推接收后续的PDSCH。
如图2所示，当UE接收到下行半持续调度释放/去激活控制信息(DL SPS release/deactivation PDCCH)时，UE根据该控制信息(DCI)所指示的时域位置发送相应的HARQ-ACK反馈。与此同时，UE停止接收相应的SPS配置所对应的PDSCH，或者说清除相应的下行分配(clear the corresponding DL assignment)并释放相应的配置(release corresponding configurations)。
在本申请实施例中，关于Joint SPS PDSCH Release，为了提高控制信息的可靠性，并且节省指示信令的开销，上述DL SPS释放/去激活控制信息不仅可以释放一个SPS配置(或者说释放/去激活与一个SPS配置对应的半持续传输)，还能够释放一个SPS配置集合(或者说释放/去激活与SPS配置集合中的SPS配置相对应的半持续传输)。例如，RRC(Radio Resource Control，无线资源控制)信令可以配置一个状态列表(例如，SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList)，该状态列表包含一个或多个状态(SPS-ConfigDeactivationState)(也即，一个或多个SPS配置集合)，每个状态或SPS配置集合与一个或者多个SPS配置映射。在接收到该控制信息后，UE发送相应的HARQ-ACK信息，并且根据DCI所指示的状态，停止接收相应的SPS配置所对应的PDSCH，或者说清除相应的下行分配(clear the corresponding DL assignment)并释放相应的配置(release corresponding configurations)。
在图1和图2以及对应的说明中，以时隙作为时间单位，但本申请不限于此，本申请涉及的时间单位也可以是符号(symbol)或者子时隙(sub-slot)或者帧(frame)或者子帧(sub-frame)等。
在本申请实施例的下述说明中，“对应”、“关联”、“指示”的概念可以互换，例如“对应”也可以理解为“关联”或者“指示”，反之亦然，不再重复说明。
在本申请实施例的下述说明中，“优先级”是指物理层的优先级。另外，该优先 级还可以理解为是用于物理层优先/复用操作(PHY prioritization/multiplexing handling)的。
下面结合附图对本申请的各种实施方式进行说明。这些实施方式只是示例性的，不是对本申请的限制。
第一方面的实施例
本申请第一方面的实施例提供了一种无线通信方法，该方法应用于终端设备。图3是本申请实施例的无线通信方法的示意图，请参照图3，该方法包括：
操作301：终端设备接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个或多于一个SPS配置与一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级或相同的HARQ-ACK码书。
根据本申请实施例的方法，一个SPS配置集合中所关联或映射的所有SPS配置对应相同的优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook。这样，这个相同的优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook就可以被认为是控制信息(joint SPS PDSCH release)所对应的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook。通过这种对第一配置信息的限制，能够简洁地实现对该HARQ-ACK信息对应的优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook指示，无需额外的规则。另外，该方法能够进一步帮助终端设备确定发送该HARQ-ACK信息的时域位置，从而提升系统的可靠性。
在本申请实施例中，“第一配置信息指示了一个SPS配置集合与一个或多于一个SPS配置相关联”是指，终端设备接收到网络设备发送的第一配置信息，例如RRC配置信息，该第一配置信息用于指示一个列表(例如SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList)中的一个状态(例如SPS-ConfigDeactivationState)与一个或者多于一个SPS配置相映射或关联。每个状态可能映射或关联的SPS配置的个数为1,2,3,…,8。另外，该列表可能包括的状态个数为1,2,3,…,16；或者，该列表可能包括的状态个数为1,2,3,…,2 N_HPN。其中，N_HPN是指DCI format 1_2中HPN域的长度，该长度可以由RRC信令(例如HARQProcessNumberSize-ForDCIFormat1_2)指示，本申请不限于此。
在本申请实施例中，该第一配置信息可以作用于一个带宽单元(BWP)，也即，该第一配置信息可以指示一个特定BWP(带宽单元)上的配置信息，但本申请不限 于此。
在本申请实施例中，如无特别说明，“状态(state)”与“SPS配置集合”是等价的，为了方便说明，将以“状态(state)”为例对“SPS配置集合”进行说明。
在本申请实施例中，一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级，也可以理解为，终端设备期待一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级，或者，终端设备期待一个或多于一个SPS配置对应的优先级相同。
例如，如前所述，状态#1与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3相关联，则SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3所对应的优先级是相同的。
这里，状态#1是指状态列表(例如SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList)的第一个元素/值(element/value)；SPS配置#1可以指一个SPS配置(SPS-Config)，其对应的索引(SPS-ConfigIndex)为1。以此类推，状态#n是指状态列表(例如SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList)的第n个元素/值(element/value)；SPS配置#n可以指一个SPS配置(SPS-Config)，其对应的索引(SPS-ConfigIndex)为n。在本申请第一方面的实施例中以及本申请其他方面的实施例中，所描述的“状态”、“SPS配置”都适用于上述解释，不再重复说明。
在一个例子中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与高优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2也与高优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3也与高优先级相关联。这样，与状态#1相关联的三个SPS配置对应相同的优先级。这里，RRC信令中与高优先级对应的值为1。另外，这个RRC信令是用于指示该SPS配置在物理层优先/复用操作中(PHY prioritization/multiplexing handling)是高优先级还是低优先级。例如，确定SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息或SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的HARQ codebook。
这里，SPS配置#n与高优先级相关联是指，一个索引值(SPS-ConfigIndex)为n的SPS配置，其对应的priority值为high，或者0，或者1。
在另一个例子中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与低优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2也与低优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3也与低优先级相关联。这样，与状态#1相关联的三个SPS配置对应相同的优先级。这里，RRC信令中与低优先级对应的值为0。另外，这个RRC信令是用于指示该SPS配置在物理层优先/复用操作中(PHY prioritization/multiplexing handling)是 高优先级还是低优先级。例如，确定SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息或SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的HARQ codebook。
这里，SPS配置#n与低优先级相关联是指，一个索引值(SPS-ConfigIndex)为n的SPS配置，其对应的priority值为low，或者1，或者0。
这里，高优先级对应的priority信令的值可以为high，可以为0也可以为1。也即，如果高优先级对应的priority信令的值为high，则低优先级对应的priority信令的值为low；如果高优先级对应的priority信令的值为0，则低优先级对应的priority信令的值为1；反之，如果高优先级对应的priority信令的值为1，则低优先级对应的priority信令的值为0。在本申请实施例中，以高优先级对应的priority信令的值为1，低优先级对应的priority信令的值为0为例。在本申请第一方面的实施例中以及本申请其他方面的实施例中，“SPS配置与高优先级关联”以及“SPS配置与低优先级关联”可以使用上述解释，不再重复说明。
在本申请实施例中，与优先级的情况类似，一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的HARQ-ACK码书，也可以理解为，终端设备期待一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的HARQ-ACK码书，或者，终端设备期待一个或多于一个SPS配置对应的HARQ-ACK码书相同。
例如，如上文所述，状态#1与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3相关联，则SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3所对应的HARQ-ACK codebook是相同的。
在一个例子中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与第一HARQ-ACK codebook相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2也与第一HARQ-ACK codebook相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3也与第一HARQ-ACK codebook相关联。这样，与状态#1相关联的三个SPS配置对应相同的HARQ-ACK Codebook。
这里，第一HARQ-ACK codebook可以指index为0的HARQ-ACK codebook；或者是指index为1的HARQ-ACK codebook；也可以指优先级为高的HARQ-ACK codebook；也可以指优先级为低的HARQ-ACK codebook。
另外，SPS配置#n与第一HARQ-ACK codebook相关联也可以指，SPS配置#n与第一PUCCH配置(PUCCH-config)相关联。其中，所述第一HARQ-ACK codebook对应的索引与所述第一PUCCH配置对应的索引相同。
在至少一个实施例中，如图3所示，该方法还可以包括：
操作303：所述终端设备接收控制信息，所述控制信息的HPN域指示所述SPS配置集合。
在本申请实施例中，上述控制信息(也即下行控制信息DCI)用于释放SPS配置，也可以称为“SPS PDSCH release”。当终端设备接收到一个SPS PDSCH release时，该终端设备可以根据该SPS PDSCH release确定其所对应的SPS配置集合。例如，终端设备可以根据HPN域的码点(codepoint)确定对应的SPS配置集合。
例如，当HPN域的长度为4bit时，HPN域‘0000’代表SPS配置集合#1；另外，HPN域‘0001’代表SPS配置集合#2，以此类推，HPN域‘1111’代表SPS配置集合#16。
再例如，当HPN域的长度为2bit时，例如，当DCI format的HPN域的长度是可配置的时候，例如，DCI format 1_2，根据HARQProcessNumberSize-ForDCIFormat1_2确定HPN域的长度为2bit，HPN域‘00’代表SPS配置集合#1；另外，HPN域‘01’代表SPS配置集合#2，以此类推，HPN域‘11’代表SPS配置集合#4。
在本申请实施例中，假设HPN域的长度为M，则对应的SPS配置集合的总个数最多为2 M。
在本申请实施例中，上述控制信息的CRC可以是由CS-RNTI加扰的，该控制信息的新指示符(new data indicator)域可以是0。
在一个例子中，该控制信息的调制编码方案(Modulation and coding scheme)域所对应的所有比特(bit)为1，该控制信息的频域资源分配(Frequency domain resource assignment)域所对应的所有比特(bit)为1，该控制信息包含冗余版本(Redundancy version，RV)域，并且，该RV域所对应的所有比特(bit)为0。
在另一个例子中，该控制信息的调制编码方案(Modulation and coding scheme)域所对应的所有比特(bit)为1，该控制信息的频域资源分配(Frequency domain resource assignment)域所对应的所有比特(bit)为1，该控制信息不包含冗余版本(Redundancy version，RV)域。
在以上两个例子中，终端设备通过该控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
在本申请实施例中，如果该控制信的MCS域，FDRA域以及RV域的都满足第 一个例子中的设定，则可以说该DCI format完成了验证。或者，如果该控制信息的MCS域，FDRA域以及RV域的都满足第二个例子中的设定，则可以说该DCI format完成了验证。在本申请实施例中，如果完成了验证，则终端设备认为该DCI format的信息是一个有效的SPS去激活信息。如果该验证未能完成，则终端设备丢弃该DCI中所有的信息。
在本申请实施例中，在一些实施例中，终端设备还可以接收第二配置信息，该第二配置信息用于指示终端设备生成至少两个HARQ-ACK。或者说，该第二配置信息是用于配置至少两个同时组装(simultaneously constructed)的HARQ-ACK codebook。
例如，该第二配置信息是一个列表(pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook-List)，其中包括两个HARQ-ACK codebook的配置信息(pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook)。每个HARQ-ACK codebook的配置信息(pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook)用于指示该HARQ-ACK codebook是半持续的还是动态的(semi-static or dynamic)。
由此，如果终端设备没有接收到第二配置信息，那么终端设备可能没有必要区分所述HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级。终端设备在接收到第二配置信息后，终端设备需要生成至少两个(包括两个)优先级不同的HARQ-ACK codebook，因此在这种情况下，终端设备有必要区分所述HARQ-ACK信息所对应的(不同优先级的)HARQ-ACK codebook。增加这个接收条件有助于终端设备区分在什么场景下根据所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级或相同的HARQ-ACK码书，以免错误地确定该HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook。
在本申请实施例中，如图3所示，该方法还可以包括：
操作305：所述终端设备根据所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书，在对应的时域位置发送用于承载所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
在本申请实施例中，当通过操作303确定了控制信息(SPS PDSCH release)所对应的SPS配置集合之后，由于SPS配置集合所对应的SPS配置对应相同的优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook。根据该优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook的指示，终端设备可以确定该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息所关联的PUCCH配置，进而根据相应的配置信息发送用于承载SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
例如，当该SPS PDSCH release对应低优先级(例如RRC对应的信令值为0，priority＝0)时，其HARQ-ACK信息对应具有相同priority index的PUCCH配置(例如，PUCCH配置#1，其关联的priority index为0)。
例如，当该SPS PDSCH release对应高优先级(例如RRC对应的信令值为1，priority＝1)时，其HARQ-ACK信息对应具有相同priority index的PUCCH配置(例如，PUCCH配置#2，其关联的priority index为1)。
再例如，当该SPS PDSCH release对应HARQ-ACK codebook#0时，其HARQ-ACK信息对应PUCCH配置#1。其中，HARQ-ACK codebook#0所关联的优先级与PUCCH配置#1所关联的优先级相同(priority index为0)。
再例如，当该SPS PDSCH release对应HARQ-ACK codebook#1时，其HARQ-ACK信息对应的PUCCH配置#2。其中，HARQ-ACK codebook#1所关联的优先级与PUCCH配置#2所关联的优先级相同(priority index为1)。
这里需要说明的是，HARQ-ACK codebook#0与HARQ-ACK codebook#1可以是由RRC信令(pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook-List)配置的。该RRC信令用于指示终端设备生成(同时组装simultaneously construct)一个或两个HARQ-ACK codebook。另外，这两个HARQ-ACK codebook可以分别对应不同的优先级。在本实施例和本申请其他实施例中，HARQ-ACK codebook#0与HARQ-ACK codebook#1都适用于这个解释，不再赘述。
在一个实施例中，如果上述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH配置不包含或者没有配置关于子时隙长度的指示，则终端设备以时隙为单位，发送所述信号。
例如，当该PUCCH配置中没有包含或配置SubslotLength-ForPUCCH时，终端设备根据该SPS PDSCH release中PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator域所指示的信息，以slot为单位，发送对应的HARQ-ACK信息。
例如，终端设备在slot n接收到该SPS PDSCH release，终端设备根据该SPS PDSCH release中PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator域所指示的时域偏移量k，在slot n+k发送相应的HARQ-ACK信息。
在另一个实施例中，如果上述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH配置包含或者配置了关于子时隙长度的指示，则终端设备以子时隙(sub-slot)为单位，发送所述信号。该sub-slot所对应的符号(symbol)长度至少可以是2或7。
例如，当该PUCCH配置中包含或配置了SubslotLength-ForPUCCH时，终端设备根据该SPS PDSCH release中PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator域所指示的信息，以sub-slot为单位，发送对应的HARQ-ACK信息。
例如，参考用于PUCCH发送的子时隙(With reference to sub-slots for PUCCH transmissions)，终端设备在sub-slot n接收到该SPS PDSCH release，终端设备根据该SPS PDSCH release中PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator域所指示的时域偏移量k，在sub-slot n+k发送相应的HARQ-ACK信息。
根据本申请实施例的方法，如前所述，通过对第一配置信息的限制，能够简洁地实现对该HARQ-ACK信息的指示，无需额外的规则。另外，该方法能够进一步帮助终端设备确定发送该HARQ-ACK信息的时域位置，从而提升系统的可靠性。
第二方面的实施例
本申请第二方面的实施例提供了一种无线通信方法，该方法应用于终端设备，与第一方面的实施例的无线通信方法不同的是，在本申请实施例中，终端设备根据SPS配置集合确定控制信息(SPS PDSCH release)所对应或关联的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或HARQ-ACK码书。
图4是本申请实施例的无线通信方法的示意图，如图4所示，该方法包括：
操作401：终端设备接第一收配置信息和控制信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个列表，所述列表与一个或多于一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述控制信息对应一个所述SPS配置集合；
操作403：所述终端设备根据所述控制信息对应的SPS配置集合确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以根据控制信息所对应的SPS配置集合确定该控制信息所对应或关联的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook，避免了网络设备和终端设备之间存在不同的理解的问题，增强了系统的可靠性。另外，该方法能够进一步帮助终端设备确定发送该HARQ-ACK信息的时域位置，从而提升系统的可靠性。
在本申请实施例中，在操作401中，例如，终端设备接收到网络设备发送的第一配置信息，例如RRC配置信息(SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList)，该第一配置信息 用于指示一个列表，该列表与一个或多于一个SPS配置集合相关联。在一个例子中，该列表包括一个或多于一个状态(state)，该列表可能包括的状态个数为1,2,3,…,16；或者，该列表可能包括的状态个数为1,2,3,…,2 N_HPN。其中，N_HPN是指DCI format 1_2中，HPN域的长度，该长度可以由RRC信令(例如HARQProcessNumberSize-ForDCIFormat1_2)指示，本申请不限于此。
在至少一个实施例中，上述SPS配置集合与一个或多于一个SPS配置相关联，上述SPS配置集合与上述一个或多于一个SPS配置的映射关系可以是由配置信息指示的。这里的配置信息例如为RRC信令(SPS-ConfigDeactivationState)，也称为RRC配置信息。另外，上述SPS配置集合可能映射或关联的SPS配置的个数为1,2,3,…,8。
在本申请实施例中，该第一配置信息可以作用于一个带宽单元(BWP)，也即，该第一配置信息可以指示一个特定BWP(带宽单元)上的配置信息，但本申请不限于此。
在本申请实施例中，如无特别说明，“状态(state)”与“SPS配置集合”是等价的，为了方便说明，将以“状态(state)”为例对“SPS配置集合”进行说明。
在本申请实施例中，控制信息对应一个SPS配置集合，例如是，该控制信息的HPN域指示了该SPS配置集合。该控制信息(也即下行控制信息DCI)用于释放SPS配置，也可以称为“SPS PDSCH release”。当终端设备接收到一个SPS PDSCH release时，该终端设备可以根据该SPS PDSCH release确定其所对应的SPS配置集合。例如，终端设备可以根据HPN域的码点(codepoint)确定对应的SPS配置集合。
例如，当HPN域的长度为4bit时，HPN域‘0000’代表SPS配置集合#1；另外，HPN域‘0001’代表SPS配置集合#2，以此类推，HPN域‘1111’代表SPS配置集合#16。
再例如，当HPN域的长度为2bit时，例如，当DCI format的HPN域的长度是可配置的时候，例如，DCI format 1_2，HPN域‘00’代表SPS配置集合#1；另外，HPN域‘01’代表SPS配置集合#2，以此类推，HPN域‘11’代表SPS配置集合#4。
在本申请实施例中，假设HPN域的长度为M，则对应的SPS配置集合的总个数最多为2 M。
在本申请实施例中，上述控制信息的CRC可以是由CS-RNTI加扰的，该控制信息的新指示符(new data indicator)域可以是0。
在一个例子中，该控制信息的调制编码方案(Modulation and coding scheme)域所对应的所有比特(bit)为1，该控制信息的频域资源分配(Frequency domain resource assignment)域所对应的所有比特(bit)为1，该控制信息包含冗余版本(Redundancy version，RV)域，并且，该RV域所对应的所有比特(bit)为0。
在另一个例子中，该控制信息的调制编码方案(Modulation and coding scheme)域所对应的所有比特(bit)为1，该控制信息的频域资源分配(Frequency domain resource assignment)域所对应的所有比特(bit)为1，该控制信息不包含冗余版本(Redundancy version，RV)域。
在以上两个例子中，终端设备通过该控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
在本申请实施例中，如果该控制信的MCS域，FDRA域以及RV域的都满足第一个例子中的设定，则可以说该DCI format完成了验证。或者，如果该控制信息的MCS域，FDRA域以及RV域的都满足第二个例子中的设定，则可以说该DCI format完成了验证。在本申请实施例中，如果完成了验证，则终端设备认为该DCI format的信息是一个有效的SPS去激活信息。如果该验证未能完成，则终端设备丢弃该DCI中所有的信息。
在至少一个实施例中，在操作403中，终端设备根据SPS配置集合确定控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，可以是，终端设备根据SPS配置集合中的SPS配置确定控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。这里，SPS配置集合中的SPS可以是SPS配置集合中的激活的(activated/active)SPS配置，本申请不限于此。
例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级可以是SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的优先级中最高的优先级。由此，能够充分保证与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的可靠性，也就是说，该SPS配置集合中包含的优先级最高的SPS配置能够及时地，可靠地去激活。并且，能够避免出现以下情况：即在SPS配置中，存在高优先级的SPS配置，但是相应的去激活信令是低优先级的，导致该SPS配置的可靠性无法保证。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相 关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与高优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与低优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与低优先级相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与高优先级相关联。由于四个SPS配置中，所对应的最高优先级为高优先级，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的优先级为高优先级。也即，该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为高优先级。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级可以是SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置所对应的优先级中最高的优先级。由此，能够充分保证与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的可靠性，例如，该SPS配置集合中包含的最高的优先级SPS配置能够及时地，可靠地去激活。并且，能够避免出现以下情况：即在SPS配置中，存在高优先级的SPS配置，但是相应的去激活信令是低优先级的，导致该SPS配置的可靠性无法保证。另外，这个例子还考虑到SPS配置集合中的各个SPS配置是否激活，如果SPS配置没有被激活，则其优先级没有必要被考虑，这样做可以避免使用未激活的SPS配置对应的优先级去确定该HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，以避免错误地判断该HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，影响系统性能。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与高优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与低优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与低优先级相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与高优先级相关联。其中，四个关联的SPS配置中，仅有SPS配置#2以及SPS配置#3是被激活的(处于激活状态，active/activated)。由于这两个激活的SPS配置中，所对应的最高优先级为低优先级，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的优先级为低优先级。也即，该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为低优先级。
这里，RRC信令中与高优先级对应的值为1，与低优先级对应的值为0。另外，这个RRC信令是用于指示该SPS配置在物理层优先或复用操作中(PHY prioritization/multiplexing handling)是高优先级还是低优先级。例如，确定SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息或SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的HARQ-ACK codebook。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级可以是SPS配置集合中的 SPS配置所对应的优先级中最低的优先级。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，避免因为终端设备无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定优先级，造成该HARQ-ACK信息优先级指示的模糊，影响系统性能。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与高优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与低优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与低优先级相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与高优先级相关联。由于四个SPS配置中，所对应的最低优先级为低优先级，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的优先级为低优先级。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级可以是SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置所对应的优先级中最低的优先级。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，避免因为终端设备无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定优先级，造成该HARQ-ACK信息优先级指示的模糊，影响系统性能。另外，这个例子还考虑到SPS配置集合中的各个SPS配置是否激活，如果SPS配置没有被激活，则其优先级没有必要被考虑，这样做可以避免使用未激活的SPS配置对应的优先级去确定该HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，以免错误地判断该HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，影响系统性能。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与高优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与低优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与低优先级相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与高优先级相关联。其中，四个关联的SPS配置中，仅有SPS配置#2以及SPS配置#3是被激活的(处于激活状态，active/activated)。由于这两个激活的SPS配置中，所对应的最低优先级为低优先级，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的优先级为低优先级。也即，该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为低优先级。
这里，RRC信令中与高优先级对应的值为1，与低优先级对应的值为0。另外， 这个RRC信令是用于指示该SPS配置在物理层优先或复用操作中(PHY prioritization/multiplexing handling)是高优先级还是低优先级。例如，确定SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息或SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的HARQ-ACK codebook。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级可以是SPS配置集合中的SPS配置索引最低的SPS配置所对应的优先级。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，避免因为终端设备无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定优先级，造成该HARQ-ACK信息优先级指示的模糊，影响系统性能。此外，根据本申请实施例，如果将索引最低的SPS配置指示为高优先级，可以使得其对应的HARQ-ACK信息也具有高优先级，保证了可靠性。这样，网络设备可以使用SPS索引较低的SPS配置发送较为重要的数据信息，提高系统的便利性。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与高优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与低优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与低优先级相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与高优先级相关联。由于四个SPS配置中，SPS配置#1所对应的SPS配置的索引最低，而且SPS配置#1所对应的优先级为高优先级，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的优先级为高优先级。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级可以是SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置中索引最低的SPS配置所对应的优先级。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，避免因为UE无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定优先级，造成该HARQ-ACK信息优先级指示的模糊，影响系统性能。另外，如果将索引最低的SPS配置指示为高优先级，可以使得其对应的HARQ-ACK信息也具有高优先级，保证了可靠性，这样，网络设备可以使用SPS索引较低的SPS配置发送较为重要的数据信息，提高系统的便利性。另外，这个例子还考虑到SPS配置集合中的各个SPS配置是否激活，如果SPS配置没有被激活，则其优先级没有必要被考虑，这样做可以避免使用未激活的SPS配置对应的优先级去确定该HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，以免错误地判断该 HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，影响系统性能。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与高优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与低优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与低优先级相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与高优先级相关联。其中，四个关联的SPS配置中，仅有SPS配置#2以及SPS配置#3是被激活的(处于激活状态，active/activated)。由于两个激活的SPS配置中，SPS配置#2所对应的SPS配置的索引最低，而且SPS配置#2所对应的优先级为低优先级，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的优先级为低优先级。也即，该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为低优先级。
这里，RRC信令中与高优先级对应的值为1，与低优先级对应的值为0。另外，这个RRC信令是用于指示该SPS配置在物理层优先或复用操作中(PHY prioritization/multiplexing handling)是高优先级还是低优先级。例如，确定SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息或SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的HARQ-ACK codebook。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级可以是SPS配置集合中的SPS配置索引最高的SPS配置所对应的优先级。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，避免因为终端设备无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定优先级，造成该HARQ-ACK信息优先级指示的模糊，影响系统性能。另外，如果将索引最高的SPS配置指示为高优先级，可以使得其对应的HARQ-ACK信息也具有高优先级，保证了可靠性，这样，网络设备可以使用SPS索引较高的SPS配置发送较为重要的数据信息，提高系统的便利性。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与高优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与低优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与低优先级相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与高优先级相关联。由于四个SPS配置中，SPS配置#4所对应的SPS配置的索引最高，而且SPS配置#4所对应的优先级为 高优先级，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的优先级为高优先级。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级可以是SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置中索引最高的SPS配置所对应的优先级。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，避免因为终端设备无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定优先级，造成该HARQ-ACK信息优先级指示的模糊，影响系统性能。另外，如果将索引最高的SPS配置指示为高优先级，可以使得其对应的HARQ-ACK信息也具有高优先级，保证了可靠性，这样，网络设备可以使用SPS索引较高的SPS配置发送较为重要的数据信息，提高系统的便利性。另外，这个例子还考虑到SPS配置集合中的各个SPS配置是否激活，如果SPS配置没有被激活，则其优先级没有必要被考虑，这样做可以避免使用未激活的SPS配置对应的优先级去确定该HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，以免错误地判断该HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，影响系统性能。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与高优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与低优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与低优先级相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与高优先级相关联。其中，四个关联的SPS配置，仅有SPS配置#2，以及SPS配置#3是被激活的(处于激活状态，active/activated)。由于两个激活的SPS配置中，SPS配置#3所对应的SPS配置的索引最高，而且SPS配置#3所对应的优先级为低优先级，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的优先级为低优先级。也即，该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为低优先级。
这里，RRC信令中与高优先级对应的值为1，与低优先级对应的值为0。另外，这个RRC信令是用于指示该SPS配置在物理层优先或复用操作中(PHY prioritization/multiplexing handling)是高优先级还是低优先级。例如，确定SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息或SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的HARQ-ACK codebook。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级可以是SPS配置集合中的最近被激活的SPS配置所对应的优先级。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与 SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，避免因为终端设备无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定优先级，造成该HARQ-ACK信息优先级指示的模糊，影响系统性能。另外，由于最近的DCI指示所对应的时效性最好，因此使用最近被激活的SPS配置的优先级作为其对应的SPS PDSCH release的优先级，能够更准确地反映该SPS PDSCH release的优先级，从而提高系统的性能。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与高优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与低优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与低优先级相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与高优先级相关联。另外，SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4所对应的激活DCI所在的时隙分别为N 1，N 2，N 3，N 4。这里，N 3是这个四个时间单元中最晚的一个，则N 3对应的SPS配置#3的优先级(低优先级)，就是该SPS配置集合所对应的优先级。也即，该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为低优先级。
另外，如果上述N 1，N 2，N 3，N 4中超过一个时间单元是最晚的时间单元，例如，N 3与N 4都是这个四个时间单元中最晚的一个，则这种情况下，其中对应的SPS配置索引最低的SPS配置(SPS配置#3)或SPS配置索引最高的SPS配置(SPS配置#4)，就是该控制信息的HARQ-ACK的优先级。由此，终端设备能够在一个SPS配置集合中超过一个SPS配置所对应的激活DCI在相同的时隙时，唯一确定一个SPS配置。该控制信息对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级就是该SPS配置所对应的优先级。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级可以是SPS配置集合中的最近被激活的激活的SPS配置所对应的优先级。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，避免因为终端设备无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定优先级，造成该HARQ-ACK信息优先级指示的模糊，影响系统性能。另外，由于最近的DCI指示所对应的时效性最好，因此使用最近被激活的激活的SPS配置的优先级作为其对应的SPS PDSCH release的优先级，能够更准确地反映该SPS PDSCH release的优先级，从而提高系统的性能。另外，这个例子还考虑到SPS配置集合中的各个SPS配置是否激活，如果SPS配置没有被激活，则其优先级没有必要用于确定该HARQ-ACK信息的优先级， 这样做可以避免使用未激活的SPS配置对应的优先级去确定该HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，以免错误地判断该HARQ-ACK的优先级，影响系统性能。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与高优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与低优先级相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与低优先级相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与高优先级相关联。其中，四个关联的SPS配置，仅有SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，以及SPS配置#3是被激活的(处于激活状态，active/activated)。另外，激活的SPS配置：SPS配置1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3所对应的激活DCI所在的时隙分别为N 1，N 2，N 3。这里，N 3是这个两个时间单元中最晚的一个，则N 3对应的SPS配置#3的优先级(低优先级)，就是该SPS配置集合所对应的优先级。也即，该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为低优先级。
另外，如果上述N 1，N 2，N 3中，超过一个时间单元是最晚的时间单元，例如，N 2与N 3都是这个三个时间单元中最晚的一个，则这种情况下，对应的SPS配置索引最低的(SPS配置#2)或SPS配置索引最高的SPS配置(SPS配置#3)所对应的优先级，就是该控制信息的HARQ-ACK的优先级。由此，终端设备能够在一个SPS配置集合中超过一个SPS配置所对应的激活DCI在相同的时隙时，唯一确定一个SPS配置。该控制信息对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级就是该SPS配置所对应的优先级。
在本申请实施例中，对于上述“激活的SPS配置”，其可以是第一SPS配置，例如，终端设备在第一时隙根据第一SPS配置的信息接收SPS PDSCH，并且，该SPS PDSCH接收在第一时隙是被激活的。也可以描述为“if SPS PDSCH reception is activated for a UE and the UE is configured to receive SPS PDSCH according to the first SPS configuration in the first slot”。这里，第一时隙是指，最近的早于或不晚于控制信息所在时隙的、用于接收与第一SPS配置对应的SPS PDSCH的时隙。
在本申请实施例中，上述“最近被激活的SPS配置可以是SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置中，最近被激活的SPS配置”，例如，终端设备根据该第一SPS配置确定在slot n-2*P,slot n-P,slot n,slot n+P,slot n+2*P等时域位置上接收PDSCH，其中，P是指该SPS的周期。如果所述去激活控制信息所在的时隙为n+1；则至少slot n-2*P， slot n-P，slot n早于或不晚于所述去激活控制信息所在的时隙(slot n+1)。而在slot n-2*P，slot n-P，slot n中，slot n距离slot n+1最近。因此，在这个情景中，slot n即为上述第一时隙。
在至少一个实施例中，在操作403中，终端设备根据SPS配置集合确定控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，可以是，终端设备根据SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书确定控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。这里，SPS配置集合中的SPS可以是SPS配置集合中的激活的(activated/active)SPS配置，本申请不限于此。
例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书可以是SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的优先级或优先级索引最高的HARQ-ACK码书。由此，能够充分保证与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的可靠性，也就是说，该SPS配置集合中包含的对应优先级或优先级索引最高的HARQ-ACK码书的SPS配置能够及时地，可靠地去激活。并且，能够避免出现以下情况：即在SPS配置中，存在对应高优先级的HARQ-ACK码书的SPS配置，但是相应的去激活信令是针对对应低优先级的HARQ-ACK码书的SPS配置，导致该对应优先级或优先级索引最高的HARQ-ACK码书的SPS配置的可靠性无法保证。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联。另外，例如，HARQ-ACK Codebook#0所关联的优先级为低优先级(优先级索引为0)；HARQ-ACK Codebook#1所关联的优先级为高优先级(优先级索引为1)。由于四个SPS配置中，所对应的优先级(或优先级索引)最高的HARQ-ACK Codebook为HARQ-ACK Codebook#1，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#1。也即，该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为优先级(或优先级索引)最高的HARQ-ACK码书。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书可以是SPS配 置集合中的激活的SPS配置所对应的优先级或优先级索引最高的HARQ-ACK码书。由此，能够充分保证与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的可靠性，例如，该SPS配置集合中包含的对应优先级或优先级索引最高的HARQ-ACK码书的SPS配置能够及时地，可靠地去激活。并且，能够避免出现以下情况：即在SPS配置中，存在对应高优先级的HARQ-ACK码书的SPS配置，但是相应的去激活信令是针对对应低优先级的HARQ-ACK码书的SPS配置，导致该对应高优先级的HARQ-ACK码书的SPS配置的可靠性无法保证。另外，这个例子还考虑到SPS配置集合中的各个SPS配置是否激活，如果SPS配置没有被激活，则其HARQ-ACK码书没有必要被考虑，这样做可以避免使用未激活的SPS配置对应的HARQ-ACK码书去确定该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，以避免错误地判断该HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，影响系统性能。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联。另外，例如，HARQ-ACK Codebook#0所关联的优先级为低优先级(优先级索引为0)；HARQ-ACK Codebook#1所关联的优先级为高优先级(优先级索引为1)。上述四个关联的SPS配置中，仅有SPS配置#2以及SPS配置#3是被激活的(处于激活状态，active/activated)。由于这两个激活的SPS配置中，所对应的优先级(或优先级索引)最高的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0。也即，该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0。
这里，RRC信令可以指示HARQ-ACK codebook的索引或对应的优先级索引(例如，0或1)。另外，这个RRC信令是用于指示该SPS配置在物理层优先或复用操作中(PHY prioritization/multiplexing handling)是高优先级还是低优先级。例如，确定SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息或SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的HARQ-ACK codebook。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书可以是SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的优先级或优先级索引最低的HARQ-ACK码书。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，避免因为终端设备无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定HARQ-ACK码书，造成该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书指示的模糊，影响系统性能。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联。另外，例如，HARQ-ACK Codebook#0所关联的优先级为低优先级(优先级索引为0)；HARQ-ACK Codebook#1所关联的优先级为高优先级(优先级索引为1)。由于四个SPS配置中，所对应的优先级(或优先级索引)最低的HARQ-ACK Codebook为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书可以是SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置所对应的优先级或优先级索引最低的HARQ-ACK码书。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，避免因为终端设备无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定HARQ-ACK码书，造成该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书指示的模糊，影响系统性能。另外，这个例子还考虑到SPS配置集合中的各个SPS配置是否激活，如果SPS配置没有被激活，则其HARQ-ACK码书没有必要被考虑，这样做可以避免使用未激活的SPS配置对应的HARQ-ACK码书去确定该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，以免错误地判断该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，影响系统性能。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联；与此 同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联。另外，例如，HARQ-ACK Codebook#0所关联的优先级为低优先级(优先级索引为0)；HARQ-ACK Codebook#1所关联的优先级为高优先级(优先级索引为1)。上述四个关联的SPS配置中，仅有SPS配置#2以及SPS配置#3是被激活的(处于激活状态，active/activated)。由于这两个激活的SPS配置中，所对应的优先级或优先级索引最低的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0，也即，该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0。
这里，RRC信令可以指示HARQ-ACK codebook的索引或对应的优先级索引(例如，0或1)。另外，这个RRC信令是用于指示该SPS配置在物理层优先或复用操作中(PHY prioritization/multiplexing handling)是高优先级还是低优先级。例如，确定SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息或SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的HARQ-ACK codebook。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书可以是SPS配置集合中的SPS配置索引最低的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，避免因为终端设备无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定HARQ-ACK码书，造成该HARQ-ACK信息优先级指示的模糊，影响系统性能。此外，根据本申请实施例，如果将索引最低的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书指示为HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，网络设备可以使用SPS索引较低的SPS配置发送较为重要的数据信息，提高系统的便利性。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联。由于四个SPS配置中，SPS配置#1 所对应的SPS配置索引最低，而且SPS配置#1所对应的HARQ-ACK Codebook为HARQ-ACK Codebook#1，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#1。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书可以是SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置中索引最低的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，避免因为终端设备无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定HARQ-ACK码书，造成该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书指示的模糊，影响系统性能。另外，如果将索引最低的SPS配置指示为HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，网络设备可以使用SPS索引较低的SPS配置发送较为重要的数据信息，提高系统的便利性。另外，这个例子还考虑到SPS配置集合中的各个SPS配置是否激活，如果SPS配置没有被激活，则其HARQ-ACK码书没有必要被考虑，这样做可以避免使用未激活的SPS配置对应的HARQ-ACK码书去确定该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，以免错误地判断该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，影响系统性能。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联。其中，四个关联的SPS配置中，仅有SPS配置#2以及SPS配置#3是被激活的(处于激活状态，active/activated)。由于两个激活的SPS配置中，SPS配置#2所对应的SPS配置的索引最低，而且SPS配置#2所对应的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0。也即，该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0。
这里，RRC信令可以指示HARQ-ACK codebook的索引(例如，0或1)。另外，这个RRC信令是用于指示该SPS配置在物理层优先或复用操作中(PHY prioritization/multiplexing handling)是高优先级还是低优先级。例如，确定SPS PDSCH 的HARQ-ACK信息或SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的HARQ-ACK codebook。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书可以是SPS配置集合中的SPS配置索引最高的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，避免因为终端设备无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定HARQ-ACK码书，造成该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书的指示的模糊，影响系统性能。另外，如果将索引最高的SPS配置指示为HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，网络设备可以使用SPS索引较高的SPS配置发送较为重要的数据信息，提高系统的便利性。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联。由于四个SPS配置中，SPS配置#4所对应的SPS配置索引最高，而且SPS配置#4所对应的HARQ-ACK Codebook为HARQ-ACK Codebook#1，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#1。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书可以是SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置中索引最高的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，避免因为终端设备无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定HARQ-ACK码书，造成该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书的指示的模糊，影响系统性能。另外，如果将索引最高的SPS配置指示为HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，网络设备可以使用SPS索引较高的SPS配置发送较为重要的数据信息，提高系统的便利性。另外，这个例子还考虑到SPS配置集合中的各个SPS配置是否激活，如果SPS配置没有被激活，则其HARQ-ACK码书没有必要被考虑，这样做可以避免使用未激活的SPS配置对应的HARQ-ACK码书去确定该 HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，以免错误地判断该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，影响系统性能。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联。其中，四个关联的SPS配置中，仅有SPS配置#2以及SPS配置#3是被激活的(处于激活状态，active/activated)。由于两个激活的SPS配置中，SPS配置#3所对应的SPS配置索引最高，而且SPS配置#3所对应的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0，因此，SPS配置集合所对应的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0。也即，该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0。
这里，RRC信令可以指示HARQ-ACK codebook的索引(例如，0或1)。另外，这个RRC信令是用于指示该SPS配置在物理层优先或复用操作中(PHY prioritization/multiplexing handling)是高优先级还是低优先级。例如，确定SPS PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息或SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的HARQ-ACK codebook。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书可以是SPS配置集合中的最近被激活的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，避免因为终端设备无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定HARQ-ACK码书，造成该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书的指示的模糊，影响系统性能。另外，由于最近的DCI指示所对应的时效性最好，因此使用最近被激活的SPS配置的HARQ-ACK码书作为其对应的SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK码书，能够更准确地反映该SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK码书，从而提高系统的性能。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相 关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联。另外，SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4所对应的激活DCI所在的时隙分别为N 1，N 2，N 3，N 4。这里，N 3是这个四个时间单元中最晚的一个，则N 3对应的SPS配置#3的HARQ-ACK码书(HARQ-ACK Codebook#0)，就是该SPS配置集合所对应的HARQ-ACK码书。也即，该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0。
另外，如果上述N 1，N 2，N 3，N 4中超过一个时间单元是最晚的时间单元，例如，N 3与N 4都是这个四个时间单元中最晚的一个，则这种情况下，其中对应的SPS配置索引最低的SPS配置(SPS配置#3)或SPS配置索引最高的SPS配置(SPS配置#4)的HARQ-ACK码书，就是该控制信息的HARQ-ACK的HARQ-ACK码书。由此，终端设备能够在一个SPS配置集合中超过一个SPS配置所对应的激活DCI在相同的时隙时，唯一确定一个SPS配置。该控制信息对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书就是该SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书。
再例如，控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书可以是SPS配置集合中的最近被激活的激活的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书。由此，能够使得终端设备能够唯一确定与SPS配置集合对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，避免因为终端设备无法确定是根据SPS配置集合中的哪一个SPS配置用于确定HARQ-ACK码书，造成该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书的指示的模糊，影响系统性能。另外，由于最近的DCI指示所对应的时效性最好，因此使用最近被激活的激活的SPS配置的HARQ-ACK码书作为其对应的SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK码书，能够更准确地反映该SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK码书，从而提高系统的性能。另外，这个例子还考虑到SPS配置集合中的各个SPS配置是否激活，如果SPS配置没有被激活，则其HARQ-ACK码书没有必要用于确定该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，这样做可以避免使用未激活的SPS配置对应的HARQ-ACK码书去确定该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，以免错误地判断该HARQ-ACK的HARQ-ACK码书，影响系统性能。
举例说明如下：
假设该SPS配置集合与SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3，SPS配置#4相关联。其中，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#1与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#2与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；与此同时，根据RRC信令，SPS配置#3与HARQ-ACK Codebook#0相关联；根据RRC信令，SPS配置#4与HARQ-ACK Codebook#1相关联。其中，四个关联的SPS配置中，仅有SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，以及SPS配置#3是被激活的(处于激活状态，active/activated)。另外，激活的SPS配置：SPS配置#1，SPS配置#2，SPS配置#3所对应的激活DCI所在的时隙分别为N 1，N 2，N 3。这里，N 3是这个两个时间单元中最晚的一个，则N 3对应的SPS配置#3的HARQ-ACK码书(HARQ-ACK Codebook#0)，就是该SPS配置集合所对应的HARQ-ACK码书。也即，该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK Codebook#0。
另外，如果上述N 1，N 2，N 3中，超过一个时间单元是最晚的时间单元，例如，N 2与N 3都是这个三个时间单元中最晚的一个，则这种情况下，对应的SPS配置索引最低的(SPS配置#2)或SPS配置索引最高的SPS配置(SPS配置#3)所对应的HARQ-ACK码书，就是该控制信息的HARQ-ACK的HARQ-ACK码书。由此，终端设备能够在一个SPS配置集合中超过一个SPS配置所对应的激活DCI在相同的时隙时，唯一确定一个SPS配置。该控制信息对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书就是该SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书。
在本申请实施例中，上述“激活的SPS配置”可以是第一SPS配置，例如，终端设备在第一时隙根据第一SPS配置的信息接收SPS PDSCH，并且，该SPS PDSCH接收在第一时隙是被激活的。也可以描述为“if SPS PDSCH reception is activated for a UE and the UE is configured to receive SPS PDSCH according to the first SPS configuration in the first slot”。这里，第一时隙是指，最近的早于或不晚于控制信息所在时隙的、用于接收与第一SPS配置对应的SPS PDSCH的时隙。
在本申请实施例中，上述“最近被激活的SPS配置可以是SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置中，最近被激活的SPS配置”，例如，终端设备根据该第一SPS配置确定在slot n-2*P,slot n-P,slot n,slot n+P,slot n+2*P等时域位置上接收PDSCH，其中，P是指该SPS的周期。如果所述去激活控制信息所在的时隙为n+1；则至少slot n-2*P， slot n-P，slot n早于或不晚于所述去激活控制信息所在的时隙(slot n+1)。而在slot n-2*P，slot n-P，slot n中，slot n距离slot n+1最近。因此，在这个情景中，slot n即为上述第一时隙。
在至少一个实施例中，上述SPS配置集合与控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书的映射关系是由配置信息指示的。该配置信息例如为RRC配置信息，也称为RRC信令，本申请对具体的指示方式不做限制。
在本申请实施例中，在一些实施例中，终端设备还可以接收第二配置信息，该第二配置信息用于指示终端设备生成至少两个HARQ-ACK。或者说，该第二配置信息是用于配置至少两个同时组装(simultaneously constructed)的HARQ-ACK codebook。
例如，该第二配置信息是一个列表(pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook-List)，其中包括两个HARQ-ACK codebook的配置信息(pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook)。每个HARQ-ACK codebook的配置信息(pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook)用于指示该HARQ-ACK codebook是半持续的还是动态的(semi-static or dynamic)。
由此，如果终端设备没有接收到第二配置信息，那么终端设备可能没有必要区分所述HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级。终端设备在接收到第二配置信息后，终端设备需要生成至少两个(包括两个)优先级不同的HARQ-ACK codebook，因此在这种情况下，终端设备有必要区分所述HARQ-ACK信息所对应的(不同优先级的)HARQ-ACK codebook。增加这个接收条件有助于终端设备区分在什么场景下根据所述SPS配置集合确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或HARQ-ACK码书，以免错误地确定该HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook。
在本申请实施例中，如图4所示，该方法还可以包括：
操作405：所述终端设备根据所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书，在对应的时域位置发送用于承载所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
在本申请实施例中，当通过操作403确定了控制信息(SPS PDSCH release)所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书之后，终端设备可以确定该HARQ-ACK信息所关联的PUCCH配置，进而根据相应的配置信息发送用于承载该HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
例如，当HARQ-ACK信息对应低优先级(例如RRC对应的信令值为0，priority＝0)时，该HARQ-ACK信息对应PUCCH配置#1，其关联的priority index为0。
例如，当HARQ-ACK信息对应高优先级(例如RRC对应的信令值为1，priority＝1)时，该HARQ-ACK信息对应PUCCH配置#2，其关联的priority index为1。
再例如，当HARQ-ACK信息对应HARQ-ACK codebook#0时，该HARQ-ACK信息对应PUCCH配置#1。其中，HARQ-ACK codebook#0所关联的优先级与PUCCH配置#1所关联的优先级相同(priority index为0)。
再例如，当HARQ-ACK信息对应HARQ-ACK codebook#1时，该HARQ-ACK信息对应PUCCH配置#2。其中，HARQ-ACK codebook#1所关联的优先级与PUCCH配置#2所关联的优先级相同(priority index为1)。
在一个实施例中，如果上述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH配置不包含或者没有配置关于子时隙长度的指示，则终端设备以时隙为单位，发送所述信号。
例如，当该PUCCH配置中没有包含或配置SubslotLength-ForPUCCH时，终端设备根据该SPS PDSCH release中PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator域所指示的信息，以slot为单位，发送对应的HARQ-ACK信息。
例如，终端设备在slot n接收到该SPS PDSCH release，终端设备根据该SPS PDSCH release中PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator域所指示的时域偏移量k，在slot n+k发送相应的HARQ-ACK信息。
在另一个实施例中，如果上述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH配置包含或者配置了关于子时隙长度的指示，则终端设备以子时隙(sub-slot)为单位，发送所述信号。该sub-slot所对应的符号(symbol)长度至少可以是2或7。
例如，当该PUCCH配置中包含或配置了SubslotLength-ForPUCCH时，终端设备根据该SPS PDSCH release中PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator域所指示的信息，以sub-slot为单位，发送对应的HARQ-ACK信息。
例如，参考用于PUCCH发送的子时隙(With reference to sub-slots for PUCCH transmissions)，终端设备在sub-slot n接收到该SPS PDSCH release，终端设备根据该SPS PDSCH release中PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator域所指示的时域偏移量k，在sub-slot n+k发送相应的HARQ-ACK信息。
根据本申请实施例的方法，如前所述，避免了网络设备和终端设备之间存在不同 的理解的问题，增强了系统的可靠性。另外，该方法能够进一步帮助终端设备确定发送该HARQ-ACK信息的时域位置，从而提升系统的可靠性。
第三方面的实施例
本申请第三方面的实施例提供了一种无线通信方法，该方法应用于终端设备，与第一方面的实施例的无线通信方法和第二方面的实施例的无线通信方法不同的是，在本申请实施例中，终端设备根据控制信息确定该控制信息所对应或关联的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或HARQ-ACK码书。
图5是本申请实施例的无线通信方法的示意图，如图5所示，该方法包括：
操作501：终端设备接收第一配置信息和控制信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个列表，所述列表与一个或多于一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述控制信息对应一个所述SPS配置集合；
操作503：所述终端设备根据所述控制信息确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备可以根据控制信息确定该控制信息所对应或关联的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook，避免了网络设备和终端设备之间存在不同的理解的问题，增强了系统的可靠性。另外，该方法能够进一步帮助终端设备确定发送该HARQ-ACK信息的时域位置，从而提升系统的可靠性。
在本申请实施例中，在操作501中，例如，终端设备接收到网络设备发送的第一配置信息，例如RRC配置信息(SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList)，该第一配置信息用于指示一个列表，该列表与一个或多于一个SPS配置集合相关联。在一个例子中，该列表包括一个或多于一个状态(state)，该列表可能包括的状态个数为1,2,3,…,16；或者，该列表可能包括的状态个数为1,2,3,…,2 N_HPN。其中，N_HPN是指DCI format 1_2中，HPN域的长度，该长度可以由RRC信令(例如HARQProcessNumberSize-ForDCIFormat1_2)指示，本申请不限于此。
在至少一个实施例中，上述SPS配置集合与一个或多于一个SPS配置相关联，上述SPS配置集合与上述一个或多于一个SPS配置的映射关系可以是由配置信息指示的。这里的配置信息例如为RRC信令(SPS-ConfigDeactivationState)，也称为RRC配置信息。另外，上述SPS配置集合可能映射或关联的SPS配置的个数为1,2,3,…,8。
在本申请实施例中，该第一配置信息可以作用于一个带宽单元(BWP)，也即，该第一配置信息可以指示一个特定BWP(带宽单元)上的配置信息，但本申请不限于此。
在本申请实施例中，如无特别说明，“状态(state)”与“SPS配置集合”是等价的，为了方便说明，将以“状态(state)”为例对“SPS配置集合”进行说明。
在本申请实施例中，控制信息对应一个SPS配置集合，例如是，该控制信息的HPN域指示了该SPS配置集合。该控制信息(也即下行控制信息DCI)用于释放SPS配置，也可以称为“SPS PDSCH release”。当终端设备接收到一个SPS PDSCH release时，该终端设备可以根据该SPS PDSCH release确定其所对应的SPS配置集合。例如，终端设备可以根据HPN域的码点(codepoint)确定对应的SPS配置集合。
例如，当HPN域的长度为4bit时，HPN域‘0000’代表SPS配置集合#1；另外，HPN域‘0001’代表SPS配置集合#2，以此类推，HPN域‘1111’代表SPS配置集合#16。
再例如，当HPN域的长度为2bit时，例如，当DCI format的HPN域的长度是可配置的时候，例如，DCI format 1_2，HPN域‘00’代表SPS配置集合#1；另外，HPN域‘01’代表SPS配置集合#2，以此类推，HPN域‘11’代表SPS配置集合#4。
在本申请实施例中，假设HPN域的长度为M，则对应的SPS配置集合的总个数最多为2 M。
在本申请实施例中，上述控制信息的CRC可以是由CS-RNTI加扰的，该控制信息的新指示符(new data indicator)域可以是0。
在一个例子中，该控制信息的调制编码方案(Modulation and coding scheme)域所对应的所有比特(bit)为1，该控制信息的频域资源分配(Frequency domain resource assignment)域所对应的所有比特(bit)为1，该控制信息包含冗余版本(Redundancy version，RV)域，并且，该RV域所对应的所有比特(bit)为0。
在另一个例子中，该控制信息的调制编码方案(Modulation and coding scheme)域所对应的所有比特(bit)为1，该控制信息的频域资源分配(Frequency domain resource assignment)域所对应的所有比特(bit)为1，该控制信息不包含冗余版本(Redundancy version，RV)域。
在以上两个例子中，终端设备通过该控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI  format is achieved)。
在本申请实施例中，如果该控制信的MCS域，FDRA域以及RV域的都满足第一个例子中的设定，则可以说该DCI format完成了验证。或者，如果该控制信息的MCS域，FDRA域以及RV域的都满足第二个例子中的设定，则可以说该DCI format完成了验证。在本申请实施例中，如果完成了验证，则终端设备认为该DCI format的信息是一个有效的SPS去激活信息。如果该验证未能完成，则终端设备丢弃该DCI中所有的信息。
在本申请实施例中，控制信息(也即下行控制信息DCI)用于释放SPS配置，也可以称为SPS PDSCH release。
在至少一个实施例中，在操作503中，终端设备根据控制信息确定控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，可以是，终端设备根据该控制信息的格式(DCI format)确定该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。
例如，当该SPS PDSCH release对应的DCI format为1_0,1_1时，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为低优先级；当该SPS PDSCH release对应的DCI format为1_2时，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为高优先级。
由此，终端设备可以根据DCI format判断对应的SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，这样，终端设备能够在读取SPS PDSCH release的内容之前就可以得知该SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级，从而使得终端设备的硬件能够更早地开始处理相应的信息。
再例如，RRC信令配置一个特定的DCI format与一个特定优先级关联，如果该SPS PDSCH release使用该特定的DCI format调度，则该SPS PDSCH release对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级则是相应的特定优先级。举例说明，如果根据RRC信令，DCI format 1_2与高优先级映射，当SPS PDSCH release对应的DCI format是1_2时，其对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级是高优先级。反之，如果根据RRC信令，DCI format 1_2与低优先级映射，当SPS PDSCH release对应的DCI format是1_2时，其对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级是低优先级。
由此，终端设备可以根据DCI format判断对应的SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，这样，终端设备能够在读取SPS PDSCH release的内容 之前就可以得知该SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级，从而使得终端设备的硬件能够更早地开始处理相应的信息。另外，终端设备可以根据RRC指定不同的DCI format，从而可以灵活地配置(SPS PDSCH release)的DCI format所对应的HARQ-ACK优先级，从而使得系统的调度更加灵活。
在至少一个实施例中，在操作503中，终端设备根据控制信息确定控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，可以是，终端设备根据该控制信息的CRC的加扰RNTI确定该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。
例如，当该SPS PDSCH release的CRC加扰RNTI为第一RNTI时(例如，HP-RNTI)，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为高优先级；当该SPS PDSCH release的CRC加扰RNTI为第二RNTI时(例如，除HP-RNTI以外的RNTI，例如C-RNTI)，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为低优先级。
由此，终端设备可以根据SPS PDSCH release的RNTI判断对应的SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。这样，终端设备能够在读取SPS PDSCH release的内容之前就可以得知该SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级，从而使得终端设备的硬件能够更早地开始处理相应的信息。另外，使用RNTI用以区分不会增加UE需要盲检测的DCI format的种类。
在至少一个实施例中，在操作503中，终端设备根据控制信息确定控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，可以是，终端设备根据该控制信息的控制资源集合(CORESET)或搜索空间(SS)确定该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。
例如，当该SPS PDSCH release所对应的CORESET为第一CORESET时，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为高优先级；当该SPS PDSCH release所对应的CORESET为第二CORESET时，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为低优先级。其中，第一CORESET与优先级的映射关系可以是由RRC信令配置的；类似的，第二CORESET与优先级的映射关系也可以是由RRC信令配置的。
由此，终端设备可以根据SPS PDSCH release的CORESET判断对应的SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。这样，终端设备能够在读取SPS PDSCH  release的内容之前就可以得知该SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级，从而使得终端设备的硬件能够更早地开始处理相应的信息。另外，由于多TRP场景中，CORESET可以用于区分不同的TRP。因此，使用CORESET用以区分可以有助于该HARQ-ACK信息的优先级与TRP的索引建立关联。有益于该场景下，调度的便捷性。
再例如，当该SPS PDSCH release所对应的搜索空间为第一搜索空间时，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为高优先级；当该SPS PDSCH release所对应的搜索空间为第二搜索空间时，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为低优先级。其中，第一搜索空间与优先级的映射关系可以是由RRC信令配置的；类似的，第二搜索空间与优先级的映射关系也可以是由RRC信令配置的。
由此，终端设备可以根据SPS PDSCH release的CORESET判断对应的SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。这样，终端设备能够在读取SPS PDSCH release的内容之前就可以得知该SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级，从而使得终端设备的硬件能够更早地开始处理相应的信息。
在至少一个实施例中，在操作503中，终端设备根据控制信息确定控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，可以是，终端设备根据该控制信息的域(field)确定该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。
例如，该SPS PDSCH release包含一个用于指示优先级的域，其长度为1bit。当该域是‘0’时，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为低优先级；当该域是‘1’时，所述SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级为高优先级。
由此，终端设备可以根据SPS PDSCH release所包含的域的指示判断对应的SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。这样，终端设备能够在直接获取优先级指示信息，无需额外的隐式信息，例如，该终端设备可以使用正常的C-RNTI或CS-RNTI加扰，盲检复杂度低；在任意的CORESET/Search space上监听，可控选择的CORESET/Search space不受限制；可以使用任意DCI format，所能使用的DCI format不受限制。
在这个实施例中，该域可以是优先级指示(priority indication)域，但本申请不 限于此。
在至少一个实施例中，在操作503中，终端设备根据控制信息确定控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，可以是，终端设备根据该控制信息的格式(DCI format)确定该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。
例如，当该SPS PDSCH release对应的DCI format为1_0,1_1时，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK condebook#0；当该SPS PDSCH release对应的DCI format为1_2时，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为HARQ-ACK condebook#1。
由此，终端设备可以根据DCI format判断对应的SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，这样，终端设备能够在读取SPS PDSCH release的内容之前就可以得知该SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的HARQ-ACK码书，从而使得终端设备的硬件能够更早地开始处理相应的信息。
再例如，RRC信令配置一个特定的DCI format与一个特定HARQ-ACK码书关联，如果该SPS PDSCH release使用该特定的DCI format调度，则该SPS PDSCH release对应的HARQ-ACK信息则与该特定HARQ-ACK码书对应。举例说明，如果根据RRC信令，DCI format 1_2与HARQ-ACK condebook#1映射，当SPS PDSCH release对应的DCI format是1_2时，其对应的HARQ-ACK信息与HARQ-ACK condebook#1对应。反之，如果根据RRC信令，DCI format 1_2与HARQ-ACK condebook#0映射，当SPS PDSCH release对应的DCI format是1_2时，其对应的HARQ-ACK信息与HARQ-ACK condebook#0对应。
由此，终端设备可以根据DCI format判断对应的SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，这样，终端设备能够在读取SPS PDSCH release的内容之前就可以得知该SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的HARQ-ACK码书，从而使得终端设备的硬件能够更早地开始处理相应的信息。另外，终端设备可以根据RRC指定不同的DCI format，从而可以灵活地配置(SPS PDSCH release)的DCI format所对应的HARQ-ACK码书，从而使得系统的调度更加灵活。
在至少一个实施例中，在操作503中，终端设备根据控制信息确定控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，可以是，终端设备根据该控制信息的CRC的加扰RNTI确定该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。
例如，当该SPS PDSCH release的CRC加扰RNTI为第一RNTI时(例如，HP-RNTI)，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为高优先级的HARQ-ACK condebook#1；当该SPS PDSCH release的CRC加扰RNTI为第二RNTI时(例如，除HP-RNTI以外的RNTI，例如C-RNTI)，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为低优先级的HARQ-ACK condebook#0。
由此，终端设备可以根据SPS PDSCH release的RNTI判断对应的SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。这样，终端设备能够在读取SPS PDSCH release的内容之前就可以得知该SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的HARQ-ACK码书，从而使得终端设备的硬件能够更早地开始处理相应的信息。另外，使用RNTI用以区分不会增加终端设备需要盲检测的DCI format的种类。
在至少一个实施例中，在操作503中，终端设备根据控制信息确定控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，可以是，终端设备根据该控制信息的控制资源集合(CORESET)或搜索空间(SS)确定该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。
例如，当该SPS PDSCH release所对应的CORESET为第一CORESET时，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为高优先级的HARQ-ACK condebook#1；当该SPS PDSCH release所对应的CORESET为第二CORESET时，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为低优先级的HARQ-ACK condebook#0。其中，第一CORESET与HARQ-ACK condebook#1的映射关系可以是由RRC信令配置的；类似的，第二CORESET与HARQ-ACK condebook#0书的映射关系也可以是由RRC信令配置的。
由此，终端设备可以根据SPS PDSCH release的CORESET判断对应的SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。这样，终端设备能够在读取SPS PDSCH release的内容之前就可以得知该SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的HARQ-ACK码书，从而使得终端设备的硬件能够更早地开始处理相应的信息。另外，由于多TRP场景中，CORESET可以用于区分不同的TRP。因此，使用CORESET用以区分可以有助于该HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书与TRP的索引建立关联。有益于该场景下，调度的便捷性。
再例如，当该SPS PDSCH release所对应的搜索空间为第一搜索空间时，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为高优先级的HARQ-ACK condebook#1；当该SPS PDSCH release所对应的搜索空间为第二搜索空间时，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为低优先级的HARQ-ACK condebook#0。其中，第一搜索空间与HARQ-ACK condebook#1的映射关系可以是由RRC信令配置的；类似的，第二搜索空间与HARQ-ACK condebook#0的映射关系也可以是由RRC信令配置的。
由此，终端设备可以根据SPS PDSCH release的CORESET判断对应的SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。这样，终端设备能够在读取SPS PDSCH release的内容之前就可以得知该SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息所对应的HARQ-ACK码书，从而使得终端设备的硬件能够更早地开始处理相应的信息。
在至少一个实施例中，在操作503中，终端设备根据控制信息确定控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，可以是，终端设备根据该控制信息的域(field)确定该控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。
例如，该SPS PDSCH release包含一个用于指示优先级的域，其长度为1bit。当该域是‘0’时，该SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为低优先级的HARQ-ACK condebook#0；当该域是‘1’时，所述SPS PDSCH release所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书为高优先级的HARQ-ACK condebook#1。
由此，终端设备可以根据SPS PDSCH release所包含的域的指示判断对应的SPS PDSCH release的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。这样，终端设备能够在直接获取HARQ-ACK码书指示信息，无需额外的隐式信息，例如，该终端设备可以使用正常的C-RNTI或CS-RNTI加扰，盲检复杂度低；在任意的CORESET/Search space上监听，可控选择的CORESET/Search space不受限制；可以使用任意DCI format，所能使用的DCI format不受限制。
在这个实施例中，该域可以是优先级指示(priority indication)域，但本申请不限于此。
在本申请实施例中，在一些实施例中，终端设备还可以接收第二配置信息，该第 二配置信息用于指示终端设备生成至少两个HARQ-ACK。或者说，该第二配置信息是用于配置至少两个同时组装(simultaneously constructed)的HARQ-ACK codebook。
例如，该第二配置信息是一个列表(pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook-List)，其中包括两个HARQ-ACK codebook的配置信息(pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook)。每个HARQ-ACK codebook的配置信息(pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook)用于指示该HARQ-ACK codebook是半持续的还是动态的(semi-static or dynamic)。
由此，如果终端设备没有接收到第二配置信息，那么终端设备可能没有必要区分所述HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级。终端设备在接收到第二配置信息后，终端设备需要生成至少两个(包括两个)优先级不同的HARQ-ACK codebook，因此在这种情况下，终端设备有必要区分所述HARQ-ACK信息所对应的(不同优先级的)HARQ-ACK codebook。增加这个接收条件有助于终端设备区分在什么场景下根据所述控制信息确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或HARQ-ACK码书，以免错误地确定该HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook。
在本申请实施例中，如图5所示，该方法还可以包括：
操作505：所述终端设备根据所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书，在对应的时域位置发送用于承载所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
在本申请实施例中，当通过操作503确定了控制信息(SPS PDSCH release)所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书之后，终端设备可以确定该HARQ-ACK信息所关联的PUCCH配置，进而根据相应的配置信息发送用于承载该HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
例如，当HARQ-ACK信息对应低优先级(例如RRC对应的信令值为0，priority＝0)时，该HARQ-ACK信息对应PUCCH配置#1，其关联的priority index为0。
例如，当HARQ-ACK信息对应高优先级(例如RRC对应的信令值为1，priority＝1)时，该HARQ-ACK信息对应PUCCH配置#2，其关联的priority index为1。
再例如，当HARQ-ACK信息对应HARQ-ACK codebook#0时，该HARQ-ACK信息对应PUCCH配置#1。其中，HARQ-ACK codebook#0所关联的优先级与PUCCH配置#1所关联的优先级相同(priority index为0)。
再例如，当HARQ-ACK信息对应HARQ-ACK codebook#1时，该HARQ-ACK 信息对应PUCCH配置#2。其中，HARQ-ACK codebook#1所关联的优先级与PUCCH配置#2所关联的优先级相同(priority index为1)。
在一个实施例中，如果上述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH配置不包含或者没有配置关于子时隙长度的指示，则终端设备以时隙为单位，发送所述信号。
例如，当该PUCCH配置中没有包含或配置SubslotLength-ForPUCCH时，终端设备根据该SPS PDSCH release中PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator域所指示的信息，以slot为单位，发送对应的HARQ-ACK信息。
例如，终端设备在slot n接收到该SPS PDSCH release，终端设备根据该SPS PDSCH release中PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator域所指示的时域偏移量k，在slot n+k发送相应的HARQ-ACK信息。
在另一个实施例中，如果上述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH配置包含或者配置了关于子时隙长度的指示，则终端设备以子时隙(sub-slot)为单位，发送所述信号。该sub-slot所对应的符号(symbol)长度至少可以是2或7。
例如，当该PUCCH配置中包含或配置了SubslotLength-ForPUCCH时，终端设备根据该SPS PDSCH release中PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator域所指示的信息，以sub-slot为单位，发送对应的HARQ-ACK信息。
例如，参考用于PUCCH发送的子时隙(With reference to sub-slots for PUCCH transmissions)，终端设备在sub-slot n接收到该SPS PDSCH release，终端设备根据该SPS PDSCH release中PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator域所指示的时域偏移量k，在sub-slot n+k发送相应的HARQ-ACK信息。
根据本申请实施例的方法，如前所述，避免了网络设备和终端设备之间存在不同的理解的问题，增强了系统的可靠性。另外，该方法能够进一步帮助终端设备确定发送该HARQ-ACK信息的时域位置，从而提升系统的可靠性。
第四方面的实施例
本申请第四方面的实施例提供了一种无线通信方法，该方法应用于网络设备，其是对应第一方面的实施例的方法的网络侧的处理，其中与第一方面的实施例相同的内容不再重复说明。
图6是本本申请第四方面的实施例的无线通信方法的示意图，如图6所示，该方 法包括：
操作601：网络设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个或多于一个SPS配置与一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级或相同的HARQ-ACK码书。
在本申请实施例中，如第一方面的实施例所述的，该第一配置信息可以作用于一个带宽单元。
在本申请实施例中，如图6所示，该方法还可以包括：
操作603：所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送控制信息，所述控制信息的HPN域指示所述SPS配置集合；
操作605：所述网络设备根据所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书，在对应的时域位置接收用于承载所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
在至少一个实施例中，如第一方面的实施例所述的，该控制信息的CRC可以是由CS-RNTI加扰的。
在至少一个实施例中，如第一方面的实施例所述的，该控制信息的new data indicator域可以是0。
在至少一个实施例中，如第一方面的实施例所述的，该控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；该控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1；该控制信息包含Redundancy version域；该控制信息的Redundancy version域所对应的所有bit为0。可选的，该控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
在至少一个实施例中，如第一方面的实施例所述的，该控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；该控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1；该控制信息不包含Redundancy version域。可选的，该控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
在至少一个实施例中，如第一方面的实施例所述的，该控制信息的HPN域的长度为M，该HPN域对应的SPS配置集合的总数最多为2 M。
在本申请实施例中，与第一方面的实施例对应的，网络设备还可以发送第二配置信息，该第二配置信息用于指示终端设备生成至少两个HARQ-ACK。或者说，该第 二配置信息是用于配置至少两个同时组装(simultaneously constructed)的HARQ-ACK codebook。
例如，该第二配置信息是一个列表(pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook-List)，其中包括两个HARQ-ACK codebook的配置信息(pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook)。每个HARQ-ACK codebook的配置信息(pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook)用于指示该HARQ-ACK codebook是半持续的还是动态的(semi-static or dynamic)。
由此，如果网络设备没有发送第二配置信息，那么网络设备可能没有必要区分所述HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级。网络设备在发送第二配置信息后，网络设备接收的HARQ-ACK信息可能会对应不同的优先级，因此在这种情况下，网络设备有必要区分所述HARQ-ACK信息所对应的(不同优先级的)HARQ-ACK codebook。增加这个接收条件有助于网络设备区分在什么场景下根据所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级或相同的HARQ-ACK码书，以免错误地确定该HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级或HARQ-ACK codebook。
在至少一个实施例中，与第一方面的实施例对应的，所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息不包含或者没有配置关于子时隙长度的指示，所述网络设备以时隙为单位，接收所述信号。
在至少一个实施例中，与第一方面的实施例对应的，所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息包含或者配置了关于子时隙长度的指示，所述网络设备以子时隙为单位，接收所述信号。
根据本申请实施例的方法，如前所述，避免了网络设备无法确定该HARQ-ACK信息所对应的优先级的情况，增强了系统的可靠性。
第五方面的实施例
本申请第五方面的实施例提供了一种无线通信装置，该装置配置于终端设备。由于该装置解决问题的原理与第一方面的实施例的方法类似，因此其具体的实施可以参照第一方面的实施例的方法的实施，内容相同之处不再重复说明。
图7是本实施例的无线通信装置700的示意图，如图7所示，该装置700包括：接收单元701，其接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个或多于一个SPS配置与一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级 或相同的HARQ-ACK码书。
在至少一个实施例中，所述第一配置信息作用于一个带宽单元。
在至少一个实施例中，接收单元701还接收控制信息，所述控制信息的HPN域指示所述SPS配置集合。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的CRC是由CS-RNTI加扰的。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的new data indicator域是0。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1；所述控制信息包含Redundancy version域；所述控制信息的Redundancy version域所对应的所有bit为0。可选的，所述控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1；所述控制信息不包含Redundancy version域。可选的，所述控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的HPN域的长度为M，所述HPN域对应的SPS配置集合的总数最多为2 M。
在至少一个实施例中，接收单元701还接收第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息是用于指示所述终端设备生成两个HARQ-ACK codebook。
在至少一个实施例中，如图7所示，该装置700还包括：
发送单元702，其根据所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书，在对应的时域位置发送用于承载所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
在至少一个实施例中，所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息不包含或者没有配置关于子时隙长度的指示，所述发送单元702以时隙为单位，发送所述信号。
在至少一个实施例中，所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息包含或者配置了关于子时隙长度的指示，所述发送单元702以子时隙为单位，发送所述信号。
根据本申请实施例的装置，如第一方面的实施例所述，增强了系统的可靠性。
第六方面的实施例
本申请第六方面的实施例提供了一种无线通信装置，该装置配置于终端设备。由于该装置解决问题的原理与第二方面的实施例的方法类似，因此其具体的实施可以参照第二方面的实施例的方法的实施，内容相同之处不再重复说明。
图8是本实施例的无线通信装置800的示意图，如图8所示，该装置800包括：接收单元801和确定单元802。接收单元801用于接收第一配置信息和控制信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个列表，所述列表与一个或多于一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述控制信息对应一个SPS配置集合。确定单元802用于根据所述控制信息对应的SPS配置集合确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书。
在至少一个实施例中，所述SPS配置集合与一个或多于一个SPS配置相关联。
在至少一个实施例中，所述第一配置信息作用于一个带宽单元。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息对应一个SPS配置集合，包括：所述控制信息的HPN域指示所述SPS配置集合。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的CRC是由CS-RNTI加扰的。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的new data indicator域是0。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息包含Redundancy version域；所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1；所述控制信息的Redundancy version域所对应的所有bit为0。可选的，所述控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息不包含Redundancy version域；所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1。可选的，所述控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的HPN域的长度为M，所述HPN域对应的SPS配置集合的总数最多为2 M。
在至少一个实施例中，确定单元802根据所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。在至少一个实施例中，所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置是指：所述SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级是以下之一：所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的优先级中最高的优先级；所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的优先级中最低的优先级；所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置索引最低的SPS配置所对应的优先级；所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置索引最高的SPS配置所对应的优先级；所述SPS配置集合中的最近被激活的SPS配置所对应的优先级。在至少一个实施例中，所述SPS配置集合中的最近被激活的SPS配置是指：所述SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置中，最近被激活的SPS配置。
在至少一个实施例中，所述激活的SPS配置是指，第一SPS配置；其中，所述接收单元801在第一时隙根据所述第一SPS配置的信息接收SPS PDSCH，并且，所述SPS PDSCH接收在所述第一时隙是被激活的；其中，所述第一时隙是指，最近的早于或不晚于所述控制信息所在时隙的用于接收与所述第一SPS配置对应的SPS PDSCH的时隙。
在至少一个实施例中，所述确定单元802根据所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。在至少一个实施例中，所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置是指：所述SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书是以下之一：所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的优先级或优先级索引最高的HARQ-ACK码书；所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的优先级或优先级索引最低的HARQ-ACK码书；所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置索引最低的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书；所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置索引最高的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书；所述SPS配置集合中的最近被激活的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书。在至少一个实施例中，所述SPS配置集合中的最近被激活的SPS配置是指：所述SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置中，最近被激活的SPS配置。
在至少一个实施例中，所述激活的SPS配置是指，第一SPS配置；其中，所述终端设备在第一时隙根据所述第一SPS配置的信息接收SPS PDSCH，并且，所述SPS  PDSCH接收在所述第一时隙是被激活的；其中，所述第一时隙是指，最近的早于或不晚于所述控制信息所在时隙的、用于接收与所述第一SPS配置对应的SPS PDSCH的时隙。
在至少一个实施例中，所述SPS配置集合与所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书的映射关系是由配置信息指示的。
在至少一个实施例中，接收单元801还接收第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息是用于指示所述终端设备生成两个HARQ-ACK codebook。
在至少一个实施例中，如图8所示，所述装置800还包括：
发送单元803，其根据所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书，在对应的时域位置发送用于承载所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
在至少一个实施例中，所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息不包含或者没有配置关于子时隙长度的指示，所述发送单元803以时隙为单位，发送所述信号。
在至少一个实施例中，所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息包含或者配置了关于子时隙长度的指示，所述发送单元803以子时隙为单位，发送所述信号。
根据本申请实施例的装置，如第二方面的实施例所述，增强了系统的可靠性。
第七方面的实施例
本申请第七方面的实施例提供了一种无线通信装置，该装置配置于终端设备。由于该装置解决问题的原理与第三方面的实施例的方法类似，因此其具体的实施可以参照第三方面的实施例的方法的实施，内容相同之处不再重复说明。
图9是本实施例的无线通信装置900的示意图，如图9所示，该装置900包括：接收单元901和确定单元902。接收单元901用于接收第一配置信息和控制信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个列表，所述列表与一个或多于一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述控制信息对应一个SPS配置集合。确定单元902用于根据所述控制信息确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书。
在至少一个实施例中，所述SPS配置集合与一个或多于一个SPS配置相关联。
在至少一个实施例中，所述第一配置信息作用于一个带宽单元。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息对应一个SPS配置集合，包括：所述控制信息的HPN域指示所述SPS配置集合。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的CRC是由CS-RNTI加扰的。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的new data indicator域是0。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息包含Redundancy version域；所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1；所述控制信息的Redundancy version域所对应的所有bit为0。可选的，所述控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息不包含Redundancy version域；所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1。可选的，所述控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的HPN域的长度为M，所述HPN域对应的SPS配置集合的总数最多为2 M。
在至少一个实施例中，所述确定单元902根据所述控制信息的格式(DCI format)确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。
在至少一个实施例中，所述确定单元902根据所述控制信息的CRC的加扰RNTI确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。
在至少一个实施例中，所述确定单元902根据所述控制信息的控制资源集合(CORESET)或搜索空间(SS)确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。
在至少一个实施例中，所述确定单元902根据所述控制信息的域确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。
在至少一个实施例中，所述确定单元902根据所述控制信息的格式(DCI format)确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。
在至少一个实施例中，所述确定单元902根据所述控制信息的CRC的加扰RNTI确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书.
在至少一个实施例中，所述确定单元902根据所述控制信息的控制资源集合(CORESET)或搜索空间(SS)确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。
在至少一个实施例中，所述确定单元902根据所述控制信息的域确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。
在至少一个实施例中，接收单元901还接收第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息是用于指示所述终端设备生成两个HARQ-ACK codebook。
在至少一个实施例中，如图9所示，所述装置900还包括：
发送单元903，其根据所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书，在对应的时域位置发送用于承载所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
在至少一个实施例中，所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息不包含或者没有配置关于子时隙长度的指示，所述发送单元903以时隙为单位，发送所述信号；
在至少一个实施例中，所优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息包含或者配置了关于子时隙长度的指示，所述发送单元903以子时隙为单位，发送所述信号。
根据本申请实施例的装置，如第三方面的实施例所述，增强了系统的可靠性。
第八方面的实施例
本申请第八方面的实施例提供了一种无线通信装置，该装置配置于网络设备。由于该装置解决问题的原理与第四方面的实施例的方法类似，因此其具体的实施可以参照第四方面的实施例的方法的实施，内容相同之处不再重复说明。
图10是本实施例的无线通信装置1000的示意图，如图10所示，该装置1000包括：发送单元1001，其向终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个或多于一个SPS配置与一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级或相同的HARQ-ACK码书。
在至少一个实施例中，所述第一配置信息作用于一个带宽单元。
在至少一个实施例中，所述发送单元还向所述终端设备发送控制信息，所述控制 信息的HPN域指示所述SPS配置集合。如图10所示，所述装置1000还包括：
接收单元1002，其根据所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书，在对应的时域位置接收用于承载所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的CRC是由CS-RNTI加扰的。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的new data indicator域是0。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1；所述控制信息包含Redundancy version域；所述控制信息的Redundancy version域所对应的所有bit为0。可选的，所述控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1；所述控制信息不包含Redundancy version域。可选的，所述控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
在至少一个实施例中，所述控制信息的HPN域的长度为M，所述HPN域对应的SPS配置集合的总数最多为2 M。
在至少一个实施例中，发送单元1001还发送第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息是用于指示所述终端设备生成两个HARQ-ACK codebook。
在至少一个实施例中，与第五方面的实施例对应的，所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息不包含或者没有配置关于子时隙长度的指示，所述接收单元1002以时隙为单位，接收所述信号。
在至少一个实施例中，与第五方面的实施例对应的，所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息包含或者配置了关于子时隙长度的指示，所述接收单元1002以子时隙为单位，接收所述信号。
根据本申请实施例的装置，如第四方面的实施例所述，增强了系统的可靠性。
第九方面的实施例
本申请第九方面的实施例提供了一种终端设备，该终端设备包括第五方面或第六 方面或第七方面的实施例所述的装置。
图11是本申请实施例的终端设备的示意图。如图11所示，该终端设备1100可以包括中央处理器1101和存储器1102；存储器1102耦合到中央处理器1101。值得注意的是，该图是示例性的；还可以使用其它类型的结构，来补充或代替该结构，以实现电信功能或其它功能。
在一个实施例中，第五方面或第六方面或第七方面的实施例所述的装置的功能可以被集成到中央处理器1101中，由中央处理器1101实现第五方面或第六方面或第七方面的实施例所述的装置的功能，其中关于第五方面或第六方面或第七方面的实施例所述的装置的功能被合并于此，在此不再赘述。
在另一个实施例中，第五方面或第六方面或第七方面的实施例所述的装置以与中央处理器1101分开配置，例如可以将该第五方面或第六方面或第七方面的实施例所述的装置配置为与中央处理器1101连接的芯片，通过中央处理器1101的控制来实现该第五方面或第六方面或第七方面的实施例所述的装置的功能。
如图11所示，该终端设备1100还可以包括：通信模块1103、输入单元1104、音频处理单元1105、显示器1106、电源1107。值得注意的是，终端设备1100也并不是必须要包括图11中所示的所有部件；此外，终端设备1100还可以包括图11中没有示出的部件，可以参考现有技术。
如图11所示，中央处理器1101有时也称为控制器或操作控件，可以包括微处理器或其它处理器装置和/或逻辑装置，该中央处理器1101接收输入并控制终端设备1100的各个部件的操作。
其中，存储器1102，例如可以是缓存器、闪存、硬驱、可移动介质、易失性存储器、非易失性存储器或其它合适装置中的一种或更多种。可储存各种信息，此外还可存储执行有关信息的程序。并且中央处理器1101可执行该存储器1102存储的该程序，以实现信息存储或处理等。其它部件的功能与现有类似，此处不再赘述。终端设备1100的各部件可以通过专用硬件、固件、软件或其结合来实现，而不偏离本申请的范围。
通过本实施例的终端设备，增加了系统的可靠性。
第十方面的实施例
本申请第十方面的实施例提供了一种网络设备，该网络设备包括第八方面的实施例所述的装置。
图12是本申请实施例的网络设备的一个构成示意图。如图12所示，网络设备1200可以包括：中央处理器(CPU)1201和存储器1202；存储器1202耦合到中央处理器1201。其中该存储器1202可存储各种数据；此外还存储信息处理的程序，并且在中央处理器1201的控制下执行该程序，以接收终端设备发送的各种信息、并且向终端设备发送各种信息。
在一个实施例中，第八方面的实施例所述的装置的功能可以被集成到中央处理器1201中，由中央处理器1201实现第八方面的实施例所述的装置的功能，其中关于第八方面的实施例所述的装置的功能被合并于此，在此不再赘述。
在另一个实施例中，第八方面的实施例所述的装置可以与中央处理器1201分开配置，例如可以将该第八方面的实施例所述的装置为与中央处理器1201连接的芯片，通过中央处理器1201的控制来实现该第八方面的实施例所述的装置的功能。
此外，如图12所示，网络设备1200还可以包括：收发机1203和天线1204等；其中，上述部件的功能与现有技术类似，此处不再赘述。值得注意的是，网络设备1200也并不是必须要包括图12中所示的所有部件；此外，网络设备1200还可以包括图12中没有示出的部件，可以参考现有技术。
通过本实施例的网络设备，增加了系统的可靠性。
第十一方面的实施例
本申请第十一方面的实施例还提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括网络设备和终端设备，网络设备例如为第十方面的实施例所述的网络设备1200，终端设备例如为第九方面的实施例所述的终端设备1000。
在本实施例中，该终端设备例如是gNB服务的UE，其除了包含第五方面或第六方面或第七方面的实施例所述的装置的功能以外，还包括终端设备的常规组成和功能，如第九方面的实施例所述，在此不再赘述。
在本实施例中，该网络设备例如可以是NR中的gNB，其除了包含第八方面的实施例所述的装置的功能以外，还包括网络设备的常规组成和功能，如第十方面的实施例所述，在此不再赘述。
通过本实施例的通信系统，增加了系统的可靠性。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读程序，其中当在终端设备中执行所述程序时，所述程序使得计算机在所述终端设备中执行第一方面或第二方面或第三方面的实施例所述的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种存储有计算机可读程序的存储介质，其中所述计算机可读程序使得计算机在终端设备中执行第一方面或第二方面或第三方面的实施例所述的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读程序，其中当在网络设备中执行所述程序时，所述程序使得计算机在所述网络设备中执行第四方面的实施例所述的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种存储有计算机可读程序的存储介质，其中所述计算机可读程序使得计算机在网络设备中执行第四方面的实施例所述的方法。
本申请以上的装置和方法可以由硬件实现，也可以由硬件结合软件实现。本申请涉及这样的计算机可读程序，当该程序被逻辑部件所执行时，能够使该逻辑部件实现上文所述的装置或构成部件，或使该逻辑部件实现上文所述的各种方法或步骤。逻辑部件例如现场可编程逻辑部件、微处理器、计算机中使用的处理器等。本申请还涉及用于存储以上程序的存储介质，如硬盘、磁盘、光盘、DVD、flash存储器等。
结合本申请实施例描述的方法/装置可直接体现为硬件、由处理器执行的软件模块或二者组合。例如，图中所示的功能框图中的一个或多个和/或功能框图的一个或多个组合，既可以对应于计算机程序流程的各个软件模块，亦可以对应于各个硬件模块。这些软件模块，可以分别对应于图中所示的各个步骤。这些硬件模块例如可利用现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)将这些软件模块固化而实现。
软件模块可以位于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动磁盘、CD-ROM或者本领域已知的任何其它形式的存储介质。可以将一种存储介质耦接至处理器，从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息，且可向该存储介质写入信息；或者该存储介质可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。该软件模块可以存储在移动终端的存储器中，也可以存储在可插入移动终端的存储卡中。例如，若设备(如移动终端)采用的是较大容量 的MEGA-SIM卡或者大容量的闪存装置，则该软件模块可存储在该MEGA-SIM卡或者大容量的闪存装置中。
针对附图中描述的功能方框中的一个或多个和/或功能方框的一个或多个组合，可以实现为用于执行本申请所描述功能的通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件或者其任意适当组合。针对附图描述的功能方框中的一个或多个和/或功能方框的一个或多个组合，还可以实现为计算设备的组合，例如，DSP和微处理器的组合、多个微处理器、与DSP通信结合的一个或多个微处理器或者任何其它这种配置。
以上结合具体的实施方式对本申请进行了描述，但本领域技术人员应该清楚，这些描述都是示例性的，并不是对本申请保护范围的限制。本领域技术人员可以根据本申请的精神和原理对本申请做出各种变型和修改，这些变型和修改也在本申请的范围内。
关于本实施例公开的上述实施方式，还公开了如下的附记：
1、一种无线通信装置，配置于终端设备，其中，所述装置包括：
接收单元，其接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个或多于一个SPS配置与一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级或相同的HARQ-ACK码书。
1a、根据附记1所述的装置，其中，所述第一配置信息作用于一个带宽单元。
1b、根据附记1所述的装置，
所述接收单元还接收第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息用于指示所述终端设备生成至少两个HARQ-ACK codebook。
2、根据附记1所述的装置，其中，
所述接收单元还接收控制信息，所述控制信息的HPN域指示所述SPS配置集合。
2a、根据附记2所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息的CRC是由CS-RNTI加扰的。
2b、根据附记2所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息的new data indicator域是0。
2c、根据附记2所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；
所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1；
所述控制信息包含Redundancy version域；
所述控制信息的Redundancy version域所对应的所有bit为0。
2d、根据附记2所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；
所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1；
所述控制信息不包含Redundancy version域。
2e、根据附记2c或2d所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
2f、根据附记2所述的装置，其中，所述控制信息的HPN域的长度为M，所述HPN域对应的SPS配置集合的总数最多为2 M。
3、根据附记2所述的装置，其中，所述装置还包括：
发送单元，其根据所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书，在对应的时域位置发送用于承载所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
4、根据附记3所述的装置，其中，
所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息不包含或者没有配置关于子时隙长度的指示，所述发送单元以时隙为单位，发送所述信号。
5、根据附记3所述的装置，
所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息包含或者配置了关于子时隙长度的指示，所述发送单元以子时隙为单位，发送所述信号。
6、一种无线通信装置，配置于终端设备，其中，所述装置包括：
接收单元，其接收第一配置信息和控制信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个列表(list)，所述列表与一个或多于一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述控制信息对应一个所述SPS配置集合；
确定单元，其根据所述控制信息对应的SPS配置集合确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书。
6a、根据附记6所述的装置，其中，
所述SPS配置集合与一个或多于一个SPS配置相关联。
6b、根据附记6所述的装置，其中，所述第一配置信息作用于一个带宽单元。
6c、根据附记6所述的装置，其中，所述控制信息对应一个SPS配置集合，包括：
所述控制信息的HPN域指示所述SPS配置集合。
6d、根据附记6所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息的CRC是由CS-RNTI加扰的。
6e、根据附记6所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息的new data indicator域是0。
6f、根据附记6所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息包含Redundancy version域；
所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；
所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1；
所述控制信息的Redundancy version域所对应的所有bit为0。
6g、根据附记6所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息不包含Redundancy version域；
所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；
所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1。
6h、根据附记6f或6g所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
6i、根据附记6所述的装置，其中，所述控制信息的HPN域的长度为M，所述HPN域对应的SPS配置集合的总数最多为2 M。
6j、根据附记6所述的装置，
所述接收单元还接收第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息用于指示所述终端设备生成两个HARQ-ACK codebook。
7、根据附记6所述的装置，其中，所述确定单元根据所述SPS配置集合确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，包括：
所述确定单元根据所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。
7a、根据附记7所述的装置，其中，所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的 优先级是以下之一：
所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的优先级中最高的优先级；
所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的优先级中最低的优先级；
所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置索引最低的SPS配置所对应的优先级；
所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置索引最高的SPS配置所对应的优先级；
所述SPS配置集合中的最近被激活的SPS配置所对应的优先级。
7b、根据附记7所述的装置，其中，所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置是指：
所述SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置。
7c、根据附记7a所述的装置，其中，所述SPS配置集合中的最近被激活的SPS配置是指：
所述SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置中，最近被激活的SPS配置。
7d、根据附记7b或7c所述的装置，其中，所述激活的SPS配置是指，
第一SPS配置；其中，
所述接收单元在第一时隙根据所述第一SPS配置的信息接收SPS PDSCH，并且，所述SPS PDSCH接收在所述第一时隙是被激活的；其中，所述第一时隙是指，
最近的早于或不晚于所述控制信息所在时隙的用于接收与所述第一SPS配置对应的SPS PDSCH的时隙。
8、根据附记6所述的装置，其中，所述确定单元根据所述SPS配置集合确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，包括：
所述确定单元根据所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。
8a、根据附记8所述的装置，其中，所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书是以下之一：
所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的优先级或优先级索引最高的HARQ-ACK码书；
所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的优先级或优先级索引最低的HARQ-ACK码书；
所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置索引最低的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书；
所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置索引最高的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书；
所述SPS配置集合中的最近被激活的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书。
8b、根据附记8所述的装置，其中，所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置是指：
所述SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置。
8c、根据附记8a所述的装置，其中，所述SPS配置集合中的最近被激活的SPS配置是指：
所述SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置中，最近被激活的SPS配置。
8d、根据附记8b或8c所述的装置，其中，所述激活的SPS配置是指，
第一SPS配置；其中，
所述终端设备在第一时隙根据所述第一SPS配置的信息接收SPS PDSCH，并且，所述SPS PDSCH接收在所述第一时隙是被激活的；其中，所述第一时隙是指，
最近的早于或不晚于所述控制信息所在时隙的、用于接收与所述第一SPS配置对应的SPS PDSCH的时隙。
9、根据附记6所述的装置，其中，
所述SPS配置集合与所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书的映射关系是由配置信息指示的。
10、根据附记6所述的装置，其中，所述装置还包括：
发送单元，其根据所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书，在对应的时域位置发送用于承载所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
11、根据附记10所述的装置，其中，
所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息不包含或者没有配置关于子时隙长度的指示，所述发送单元以时隙为单位，发送所述信号。
12、根据附记10所述的装置，其中，
所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息包含或者配置了关于子时隙长度的指示，所述发送单元以子时隙为单位，发送所述信号。
13、一种无线通信装置，配置于终端设备，其中，所述装置包括：
接收单元，其接收第一配置信息和控制信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个列表 (list)，所述列表与一个或多于一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述控制信息对应一个所述SPS配置集合；
确定单元，其根据所述控制信息确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书。
13a、根据附记13所述的装置，其中，
所述SPS配置集合与一个或多于一个SPS配置相关联。
13b、根据附记13所述的装置，其中，所述第一配置信息作用于一个带宽单元。
13c、根据附记13所述的装置，其中，所述控制信息对应一个SPS配置集合，包括：
所述控制信息的HPN域指示所述SPS配置集合。
13d、根据附记13所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息的CRC是由CS-RNTI加扰的。
13e、根据附记13所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息的new data indicator域是0。
13f、根据附记13所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息包含Redundancy version域；
所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；
所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1；
所述控制信息的Redundancy version域所对应的所有bit为0。
13g、根据附记13所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息不包含Redundancy version域；
所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；
所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1。
13h、根据附记13f或13g所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
13i、根据附记13所述的装置，其中，所述控制信息的HPN域的长度为M，所述HPN域对应的SPS配置集合的总数最多为2 M。
13j、根据附记13所述的装置，
所述接收单元还接收第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息用于指示所述终端设备生 成两个HARQ-ACK codebook。
14、根据附记13所述的装置，其中，所述确定单元根据所述控制信息确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级，包括以下之一：
所述确定单元根据所述控制信息的格式(DCI format)确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级；
所述确定单元根据所述控制信息的CRC的加扰RNTI确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级；
所述确定单元根据所述控制信息的控制资源集合(CORESET)或搜索空间(SS)确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级；
所述确定单元根据所述控制信息的域确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级。
15、根据附记13所述的装置，其中，所述确定单元根据所述控制信息确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，包括以下之一：
所述确定单元根据所述控制信息的格式(DCI format)确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书；
所述确定单元根据所述控制信息的CRC的加扰RNTI确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书；
所述确定单元根据所述控制信息的控制资源集合(CORESET)或搜索空间(SS)确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书；
所述确定单元根据所述控制信息的域确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。
16、根据附记13所述的装置，其中，所述装置还包括：
发送单元，其根据所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书，在对应的时域位置发送用于承载所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
17、根据附记16所述的装置，其中，
所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息不包含或者没有配置关于子时隙长度的指示，所述发送单元以时隙为单位，发送所述信号；
18、根据附记16所述的装置，其中，
所优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息包含或者配置了关于子时隙长度的指示，所述发送单元以子时隙为单位，发送所述信号。
19、一种无线通信装置，配置于网络设备，其中，所述装置包括：
发送单元，其向终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个或多于一个SPS配置与一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级或相同的HARQ-ACK码书。
19a、根据附记19所述的装置，其中，所述第一配置信息作用于一个带宽单元。
19b、根据附记19所述的方法，其中，所述发送单元还向终端设备发送第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息用于指示所述终端设备生成两个HARQ-ACK codebook。
20、根据附记19所述的装置，其中，
所述发送单元还向所述终端设备发送控制信息，所述控制信息的HPN域指示所述SPS配置集合；
所述装置还包括：
接收单元，其根据所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书，在对应的时域位置接收用于承载所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的信号。
20a、根据附记20所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息的CRC是由CS-RNTI加扰的。
20b、根据附记20所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息的new data indicator域是0。
20c、根据附记20所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；
所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1；
所述控制信息包含Redundancy version域；
所述控制信息的Redundancy version域所对应的所有bit为0。
20d、根据附记20所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息的Modulation and coding scheme域所对应的所有bit为1；
所述控制信息的Frequency domain resource assignment域所对应的所有bit为1；
所述控制信息不包含Redundancy version域。
20e、根据附记20c或20d所述的装置，其中，
所述控制信息完成了验证(Validation of the DCI format is achieved)。
20f、根据附记20所述的装置，其中，所述控制信息的HPN域的长度为M，所述HPN域对应的SPS配置集合的总数最多为2 M。
21、根据附记20所述的装置，其中，在对应的时域位置接收用于承载所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的信号，包括：
所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息不包含或者没有配置关于子时隙长度的指示，所述接收单元以时隙为单位，接收所述信号。
22、根据附记20所述的装置，其中，在对应的时域位置接收用于承载所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的信号，包括：
所述优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书对应的PUCCH参数配置信息包含或者配置了关于子时隙长度的指示，所述接收单元以子时隙为单位，接收所述信号。

Claims (20)

  1. 一种无线通信装置，配置于终端设备，其中，所述装置包括：
    接收单元，其接收第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个或多于一个SPS配置与一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级或相同的HARQ-ACK码书。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的装置，其中，所述第一配置信息作用于一个带宽单元。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的装置，
    所述接收单元还接收第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息用于指示所述终端设备生成至少两个HARQ-ACK codebook。
  4. 一种无线通信装置，配置于终端设备，其中，所述装置包括：
    接收单元，其接收第一配置信息和控制信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个列表(list)，所述列表与一个或多于一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述控制信息对应一个所述SPS配置集合；
    确定单元，其根据所述控制信息对应的SPS配置集合确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的装置，其中，
    所述SPS配置集合与一个或多于一个SPS配置相关联。
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的装置，其中，所述第一配置信息作用于一个带宽单元。
  7. 根据权利要求4所述的装置，其中，所述控制信息对应一个SPS配置集合，包括：
    所述控制信息的HPN域指示所述SPS配置集合。
  8. 根据权利要求4所述的装置，
    所述接收单元还接收第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息用于指示所述终端设备生成两个HARQ-ACK codebook。
  9. 根据权利要求4所述的装置，其中，所述确定单元根据所述SPS配置集合确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，包括：
    所述确定单元根据所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的装置，其中，所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书是以下之一：
    所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的优先级或优先级索引最高的HARQ-ACK码书；
    所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置所对应的优先级或优先级索引最低的HARQ-ACK码书；
    所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置索引最低的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书；
    所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置索引最高的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书；
    所述SPS配置集合中的最近被激活的SPS配置所对应的HARQ-ACK码书。
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的装置，其中，所述SPS配置集合中的SPS配置是指：
    所述SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置。
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的装置，其中，所述SPS配置集合中的最近被激活的SPS配置是指：
    所述SPS配置集合中的激活的SPS配置中，最近被激活的SPS配置。
  13. 一种无线通信装置，配置于终端设备，其中，所述装置包括：
    接收单元，其接收第一配置信息和控制信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个列表(list)，所述列表与一个或多于一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述控制信息对应一个所述SPS配置集合；
    确定单元，其根据所述控制信息确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的优先级或者HARQ-ACK码书。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的装置，其中，
    所述SPS配置集合与一个或多于一个SPS配置相关联。
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的装置，其中，所述第一配置信息作用于一个带宽单元。
  16. 根据权利要求13所述的装置，其中，所述控制信息对应一个SPS配置集合，包括：
    所述控制信息的HPN域指示所述SPS配置集合。
  17. 根据权利要求13所述的装置，
    所述接收单元还接收第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息用于指示所述终端设备生成两个HARQ-ACK codebook。
  18. 根据权利要求13所述的装置，其中，所述确定单元根据所述控制信息确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书，包括以下之一：
    所述确定单元根据所述控制信息的格式(DCI format)确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书；
    所述确定单元根据所述控制信息的CRC的加扰RNTI确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书；
    所述确定单元根据所述控制信息的控制资源集合(CORESET)或搜索空间(SS)确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书；
    所述确定单元根据所述控制信息的域确定所述控制信息所对应的HARQ-ACK信息的HARQ-ACK码书。
  19. 一种无线通信装置，配置于网络设备，其中，所述装置包括：
    发送单元，其向终端设备发送第一配置信息，所述第一配置信息指示了一个或多于一个SPS配置与一个SPS配置集合相关联，所述一个或多于一个SPS配置对应相同的优先级或相同的HARQ-ACK码书。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置，其中，所述发送单元还向终端设备发送第二配置信息，所述第二配置信息用于指示所述终端设备生成两个HARQ-ACK codebook。
PCT/CN2019/116418 2019-11-07 2019-11-07 无线通信方法、装置和系统 WO2021087922A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP19951557.8A EP4057728A4 (en) 2019-11-07 2019-11-07 WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM
CN201980101360.1A CN114557076A (zh) 2019-11-07 2019-11-07 无线通信方法、装置和系统
JP2022525445A JP7347668B2 (ja) 2019-11-07 2019-11-07 無線通信方法、装置及びシステム
KR1020227014633A KR20220076490A (ko) 2019-11-07 2019-11-07 무선 통신 방법, 장치 및 통신 시스템
PCT/CN2019/116418 WO2021087922A1 (zh) 2019-11-07 2019-11-07 无线通信方法、装置和系统
US17/729,196 US20220256554A1 (en) 2019-11-07 2022-04-26 Wireless communication method and apparatus and communication system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/116418 WO2021087922A1 (zh) 2019-11-07 2019-11-07 无线通信方法、装置和系统

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/729,196 Continuation US20220256554A1 (en) 2019-11-07 2022-04-26 Wireless communication method and apparatus and communication system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021087922A1 true WO2021087922A1 (zh) 2021-05-14

Family

ID=75848661

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/116418 WO2021087922A1 (zh) 2019-11-07 2019-11-07 无线通信方法、装置和系统

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US20220256554A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4057728A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP7347668B2 (zh)
KR (1) KR20220076490A (zh)
CN (1) CN114557076A (zh)
WO (1) WO2021087922A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11888592B2 (en) * 2020-05-01 2024-01-30 Intel Corporation UE configured for multiplexing HARQ-ACK bits of different priorities in a PUCCH transmission
US11950238B2 (en) * 2020-09-10 2024-04-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for a delay-imposed HARQ-ACK/NACK reporting
US20220361215A1 (en) * 2021-05-07 2022-11-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Harq acknowledgment for semi-persistent scheduling release downlink control information

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104854924A (zh) * 2012-12-14 2015-08-19 Lg电子株式会社 在无线通信系统中支持传输效率的方法和设备
CN109391435A (zh) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-26 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Pucch传输方法、用户设备和装置
US20190132092A1 (en) * 2017-10-26 2019-05-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Semi-persistent scheduling management in new radio
US20190166621A1 (en) * 2017-11-27 2019-05-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Semi-persistent scheduling for shared spectrum downlink

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
RU2752659C1 (ru) 2017-08-11 2021-07-29 Гуандун Оппо Мобайл Телекоммьюникейшнз Корп., Лтд. Способ обработки полупостоянного планирования, устройство для связи и носитель данных

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104854924A (zh) * 2012-12-14 2015-08-19 Lg电子株式会社 在无线通信系统中支持传输效率的方法和设备
CN109391435A (zh) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-26 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Pucch传输方法、用户设备和装置
US20190132092A1 (en) * 2017-10-26 2019-05-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Semi-persistent scheduling management in new radio
US20190166621A1 (en) * 2017-11-27 2019-05-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Semi-persistent scheduling for shared spectrum downlink

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NTT DOCOMO INC: "Offline discussions #2 on URLLC enhanced configured grant transmission", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #98BIS, R1-1911690, vol. RAN WG1, 22 October 2019 (2019-10-22), Chongqing, China, pages 1 - 32, XP051798932 *
WI RAPPORTEUR (HUAWEI): "RAN1 agreements for Rel-16 eURLLC", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1911728, vol. RAN WG1, 29 October 2019 (2019-10-29), Chongqing, China, pages 1 - 30, XP051812939 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7347668B2 (ja) 2023-09-20
US20220256554A1 (en) 2022-08-11
KR20220076490A (ko) 2022-06-08
EP4057728A1 (en) 2022-09-14
CN114557076A (zh) 2022-05-27
JP2023500292A (ja) 2023-01-05
EP4057728A4 (en) 2022-12-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2019207624B2 (en) User equipments, base stations and methods
US11678212B2 (en) Methods executed by user equipment and user equipment
US20210037561A1 (en) Method and apparatus for semi-persistent scheduling and configured grant configurations
TWI713402B (zh) 業務傳輸的方法和裝置
US20220078823A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US20220256554A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus and communication system
CN113498627B (zh) 信号接收或发送方法、装置和系统
WO2021026917A1 (zh) 信号发送方法、装置和系统
JP2023171855A (ja) 通信システム
JP2022550556A (ja) フィードバック情報伝送方法および装置
US20140045507A1 (en) Code rate adaptation in wireless communication systems
WO2020142925A1 (zh) 上行控制信息的发送和接收方法以及装置
WO2020220342A1 (zh) 参考信号的发送方法、装置和通信系统
TW202041072A (zh) 通訊方法和終端設備
US20140045508A1 (en) Code rate adaptation in wireless communication systems
WO2020143813A1 (zh) 传输信息的方法和装置
US20230189278A1 (en) User equipments, base stations and methods for priority rules of channel state information reports
WO2021159381A1 (zh) 上行信号处理方法、装置和系统
WO2021056562A1 (zh) 无线通信方法、装置和系统
WO2020156002A1 (zh) 通信方法及通信装置
WO2019028775A1 (zh) 反馈信息的发送和接收方法、装置及通信系统
WO2023206302A1 (zh) 信号发送、信号接收装置以及方法
WO2021159400A1 (zh) 无线通信方法、装置和系统
WO2021056570A1 (zh) 无线通信方法、装置和系统
US20240188029A1 (en) Reference signal transmission position indication determining method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19951557

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022525445

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227014633

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019951557

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220607